0% found this document useful (0 votes)
290 views194 pages

Nasa STD 3001 Vol 2

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1/ 194

NASA TECHNICAL STANDARD

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Approved: 01-10-2011 Superseding NASA-STD-3000
(Together, Vol 1, Vol 2, and the Human Integration Design Handbook (HIDH) supersede NASA-STD-3000.)

National Aeronautics and Space Administration Washington, DC 20546-0001

NASA SPACE FLIGHT HUMAN-SYSTEM STANDARD VOLUME 2: HUMAN FACTORS, HABITABILITY, AND ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH

MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION: METRIC/SI (ENGLISH)

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

DOCUMENT HISTORY LOG


Status Baseline Document Revision Approval Date 01-10-2011 Initial Release Description

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 2 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 FOREWORD


This Standard is published by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) to provide uniform engineering and technical requirements for processes, procedures, practices, and methods that have been endorsed as standard for NASA programs and projects, including requirements for selection, application, and design criteria of an item. This Standard provides uniform technical requirements for the design, selection, and application of hardware, software, processes, procedures, practices, and methods for human-rated systems. This Standard is approved for use by NASA Headquarters and NASA Centers, including Component Facilities and Technical and Service Support Centers. This Standard establishes Agency-wide requirements that minimize health and performance risks for flight crew in human space flight programs. This Standard applies to space vehicles, habitats, facilities, payloads, and related equipment with which the crew interfaces during space flight and lunar and planetary, e.g., Mars, habitation. Requests for information, corrections, or additions to this Standard should be submitted via Feedback in the NASA Standards and Technical Assistance Resource Tool at http://standards.nasa.gov/.

Original Signed By: Richard S. Williams, M.D. NASA Chief Health and Medical Officer NASA Headquarters Concurrence:

01-10-2011 Approval Date

Original Signed By: Bryan OConnor NASA Chief of Safety and Mission Assurance

01-18-2011 Concurrence Date

Original Signed By: Michael Ryschkewitsch NASA Chief Engineer

02-02-2011 Concurrence Date

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 3 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION PAGE

2 DOCUMENT HISTORY LOG ........................................................................................... FOREWORD ....................................................................................................................... 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................ 4 LIST OF FIGURES ............................................................................................................. 7 LIST OF TABLES ............................................................................................................... 7 1. 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2. 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 3. 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 4. 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 5. 5.1 5.2 SCOPE ....................................................................................................................8 Purpose...................................................................................................................... 8 Applicability ............................................................................................................. 9 Tailoring ...................................................................................................................... 10 Authority ................................................................................................................. 10 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ............................................................................ 11 11 General ........................................................................................................................ Government Documents ......................................................................................... 11 Non-Government Documents ..................................................................................... 11 Order of Precedence ................................................................................................ 12 13 PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION STANDARDS ............................................... Standard Applicability ............................................................................................... 13 Program-Specific Requirements ............................................................................. 13 Compliance Monitoring .......................................................................................... 13 Requirement Verification........................................................................................ 14 Human-Centered Design Process ....................................................................... 14 16 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CAPABILITIES................................ Physical Data Sets ................................................................................................ 16 Body Lengths .............................................................................................................. 17 Range of Motion Data ................................................................................................ 18 Reach Data .................................................................................................................. 18 Body Surface Area Data ............................................................................................. 18 Body Volume Data ................................................................................................19 Body Mass Data ................................................................................................ 19 Strength ....................................................................................................................... 19 Aerobic Capacity ................................................................................................ 20 PERCEPTION AND COGNITION ................................................................ 22 Perceptual and Cognitive Characteristics and Capabilities ................................ 22 Integrated Human Performance Capabilities .............................................................. 24

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 4 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)


SECTION 6. 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 6.8 7. 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 7.10 7.11 7.12 8. 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 9. 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 PAGE

26 NATURAL AND INDUCED ENVIRONMENTS ................................................. Trend Analysis of Environmental Data ................................................................ 26 Internal Atmosphere................................................................................................ 26 Water ......................................................................................................................... 35 Contamination ........................................................................................................... 41 Acceleration ................................................................................................................ 45 Acoustics ................................................................................................................. 53 Vibration ..................................................................................................................... 60 Radiation ..................................................................................................................... 63 69 HABITABILITY FUNCTIONS .............................................................................. Food and Nutrition ................................................................................................ 69 Personal Hygiene ................................................................................................ 75 76 Body Waste Management ........................................................................................... Physiological Countermeasures .................................................................................. 81 Medical ....................................................................................................................... 82 Stowage ....................................................................................................................... 84 Inventory Management System .................................................................................. 86 88 Trash Management System ......................................................................................... Sleep ............................................................................................................................ 89 Clothing....................................................................................................................... 90 Housekeeping .............................................................................................................. 91 Recreational Capabilities ............................................................................................ 92 93 ARCHITECTURE ................................................................................................ Volume........................................................................................................................ 93 Configuration .............................................................................................................. 94 Translation Paths ................................................................................................ 96 Hatches and Doorways ............................................................................................... 99 Restraints and Mobility Aids ...................................................................................... 101 Windows ..................................................................................................................... 104 Lighting ....................................................................................................................... 107 HARDWARE AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................ 110 Standardization ........................................................................................................... 110 Training Minimization ................................................................................................ 110 Hazard Minimization ................................................................................................ 111 119 Durability .................................................................................................................... Assembly and Disassembly ........................................................................................ 120 Cable Management ................................................................................................ 121 Design for Maintainability .......................................................................................... 122 APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 5 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)


SECTION 9.8 10. 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 PAGE

Protective and Emergency Equipment ................................................................ 126 130 CREW INTERFACES ............................................................................................. General ........................................................................................................................ 130 Layout of Displays and Controls ................................................................................ 137 Displays....................................................................................................................... 139 Controls ....................................................................................................................... 147 Communication Systems ............................................................................................ 151 Automated and Robotic Systems ................................................................................ 154 Information Management............................................................................................ 158

163 11. SPACESUITS ............................................................................................................ 11.1 Suit Design and Operations ........................................................................................ 163 11.2 Suited Functions................................................................................................ 170 12. 13. OPERATIONS ................................................................................................ 172 173 GROUND MAINTENANCE AND ASSEMBLY .................................................. APPENDICES A B C Reference Documents ................................................................................................ 174 Acronyms .................................................................................................................... 179 184 Definitions...................................................................................................................

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 6 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Environmental Comfort Zone ............................................................................ +Gx Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits .............................................. -Gx Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits ............................................... +Gz Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits .............................................. -Gz Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits ............................................... Gy Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits .............................................. Rotational Velocity Limits ................................................................................. NC Curves .......................................................................................................... RF Electromagnetic Field Exposure Limits ....................................................... PAGE 31 46 47 48 49 50 51 56 66

LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1 2 3 4 5 Average Relative Humidity ............................................................................... Potable Water Microbiological Limits .............................................................. Potable Water Aesthetic Limits ........................................................................ Octave Band SPL Limits for Continuous Noise, dB re 20 Pa ........................ Intermittent Noise A-Weighted SPL and Corresponding Operational Duration Limits for any 24-Hour Period (measured at 0.6-m distance from the source) ......................................................................................................... Ultrasonic Noise Limits Given in One-Third Octave Band SPLs ..................... Frequency-Weighted Vibration Limits by Exposure Time during Dynamic Phases of Flight .................................................................................................. Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) to RF Electromagnetic Fields (modified from IEEE C95.1, lower tier) ........................................................... EER Equations ................................................................................................... Macronutrient Guidelines for Space Flight ........................................................ Micronutrient Guidelines for Space Flight ........................................................ Food Microorganism Levels .............................................................................. Medical Care Capabilities .................................................................................. Corners and Edges.............................................................................................. Loose Equipment Corners and Edges ................................................................ Leakage Currents Equipment Designed for Human Contact .......................... Maximum System Response Time(s) ............................................................... Visual Display Parameters ................................................................................. Visual Display Character Parameters................................................................ PAGE 30 36 36 57

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

58 60 61 66 70 71 71 73 83 113 114 118 135 142 143

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 7 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

NASA SPACE FLIGHT HUMAN-SYSTEM STANDARD


Volume 2: Human Factors, Habitability, and Environmental Health 1. SCOPE

The scope of this Standard is restricted to human space flight missions and includes all crew activities in all phases of the life cycle (design, development, test, operations, maintenance), both inside and outside the spacecraft in space and on lunar and planetary surfaces. 1.1 Purpose

The purpose of this Standard is to provide uniform technical requirements for the design, selection, and application of hardware, software, processes, procedures, practices, and methods for human-rated systems. NASA-STD-3001, Space Flight Human-System Standard, is a two-volume set of National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) Agency-level standards established by the Office of the Chief Health and Medical Officer, directed at minimizing health and performance risks for flight crews in human space flight programs. Volume 1 of NASA-STD-3001, Crew Health, sets standards for fitness for duty, space flight permissible exposure limits, permissible outcome limits, levels of medical care, medical diagnosis, intervention, treatment and care, and countermeasures. Volume 2 of NASA-STD-3001, Human Factors, Habitability, and Environmental Health, focuses on human physical and cognitive capabilities and limitations and defines standards for spacecraft (including orbiters, habitats, and suits), internal environments, facilities, payloads, and related equipment, hardware, and software systems with which the crew interfaces during space operations. Volume 1 of NASA-STD-3001 considers human physiologic parameters as a system, much as one views the engineering and design of a mechanical device. Doing so allows the humansystem to be viewed as an integral part of the overall vehicle design process, as well as the mission reference design, treating the human-system as one system along with the many other systems that work in concert to allow the nominal operation of a vehicle and successful completion of a mission. In Volume 2, the focus turns to human-system integration where the context is about how the human crew interacts with other systems, including the habitat and the environment. The focus is on performance issues during a mission whether the human and the system can function together (within the environment and habitat) and accomplish the tasks necessary for mission success. Volume 2 of NASA-STD-3001 is applicable to all human space systems. Developers of a system are to write design requirements tailored for their system that will ensure the end product meets the requirements of Volume 2. A supplementary NASA document, NASA/SP-2010-3407, Human Integration Design Handbook (HIDH), can help with the preparation of the systemspecific design requirements. The HIDH is a compendium of human space flight history and APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 8 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
knowledge. It is organized in the same sequence as NASA-STD-3001, Volume 2, and provides useful background information and research findings. While the HIDH is not a Standard or a requirement, it can be a resource for preparing the program-specific requirements in accordance with section 3.2, Program-Specific Requirements [V2 3002] in this Standard. The HIDH can be used not only in the preparation of requirements but as a useful tool for designers. This Standard addresses the equipment and operational interfaces that are common to both flight crew and ground personnel. System requirements fall into one of two categories: Requirements for the design of systems that directly interface with the flight crew (and only the flight crew) during a mission are in sections 3 through 12. These requirements include such topics as environmental support systems, architecture, controls and displays, and operations. Requirements for the design of systems that are common between the flight crew and ground personnel are addressed in section 13. This section includes such topics as hatches, passageways, inspection points, and emergency equipment. Requirements for these common systems consider the unique characteristics between the two user populations.

This Standard contains fundamental, NASA-sanctioned information necessary for building human-rated spacecraft and is to be used for the development of lower level, program-specific requirements. 1.2 Applicability

This Standard is applicable to programs and projects that are required to obtain a human-rating certification. NPR 8705.2, Human-Rating Requirements for Space Systems, defines the requirements for space systems. The intent of the Standard is to be formally documented in program/project requirements and verification documentation. This Standard is approved for use by NASA Headquarters and NASA Centers, including Component Facilities and Technical and Service Support Centers, and may be cited in contract, program, and other Agency documents as a technical requirement. This Standard may also apply to the Jet Propulsion Laboratory or to other contractors, grant recipients, or parties to agreements only to the extent specified or referenced in their contracts, grants, or agreements. This Standard applies to all internationally provided space systems only if required and documented in distinct separate agreements, such as joint or multilateral agreements. The NASA Technical Authorities Health and Medical Technical Authority (HMTA), Chief Engineer, and Chief, Safety and Mission Assurance assess NASA programs and projects for compliance with NASA-STD-3001. If the program or project does not meet the provisions of this Standard, then the associated risk to the health, safety, and performance of the crew is evaluated by the Technical Authorities.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 9 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Requirements are numbered and indicated by the word shall. Explanatory or guidance text is indicated in italics beginning in section 3. 1.3 Tailoring

Tailoring of this Standard for application to a specific program or project shall be formally documented as part of program or project requirements and approved by the Technical Authority. 1.4 Authority

NASA policy for establishing standards to provide health, performance, and medical programs for crewmembers during all phases of space flight and to protect the health, performance, and safety of the crew is authorized by NPD 1000.3, The NASA Organization, and NPD 8900.5, NASA Health and Medical Policy for Human Space Exploration.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 10 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 2.
2.1

APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
General

The documents listed in this section contain provisions that constitute requirements of this Standard as cited in the text. 2.1.1 The latest issuances of cited documents shall apply unless specific versions are designated. 2.1.2 Non-use of specific versions as designated shall be approved by the responsible Technical Authority. The applicable documents are accessible via the NASA Standards and Technical Assistance Resource Tool at http://standards.nasa.gov or may be obtained directly from the Standards Developing Organizations or other document distributors. 2.2 Government Documents National Aeronautics and Space Administration JSC 16888 JSC 20584 Microbiology Operations Plan for Space Flight Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Airborne Contaminants Guidelines for Assessing the Toxic Hazard of Spacecraft Chemicals and Test Materials Requirements for Optical Properties for Windows Used in Crewed Spacecraft Biosafety Review Board Operations and Requirements Document

JSC 26895

JSC 63307

JSC 63828

NASA-STD-3001 Space Flight Human System Standard, Volume 1: Crew Health 2.3 Non-Government Documents Advisory Group for Aerospace Research and Development (AGARD) AGARD-CP-472 Development of Acceleration Exposure Limits for Advanced Escape Systems (Brinkley, J.W.; Specker, L.J.; Armstrong, H.G.; Mosher, S.E. (February 1990).

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 11 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) ACGIH Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs) Based on the Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents & Biological Exposure Indices

American National Standards Institute (ANSI) ANSI S2.70 Guide for the Measurement and Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration Transmitted to the Hand Method for Measuring the Intelligibility of Speech over Communications Systems American National Standard for Safe Use of Lasers

ANSI S3.2

ANSI Z136.1

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) IEEE C95.1 IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz Description

International Standards Organization (ISO) ISO 7731:2003 Ergonomics -- Danger signals for public and work areas -- Auditory danger signals

2.4

Order of Precedence

This Standard establishes requirements for the design, selection, and application of hardware, software, processes, procedures, practices, and methods for human-rated systems but does not supersede nor waive established Agency requirements found in other documentation. 2.4.1 Conflicts

Conflicts between this Standard and other requirements documents shall be resolved by the responsible Technical Authority.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 12 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 3. PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION STANDARDS

Methods for incorporating an understanding of human capabilities, limitations, and functions (including ill, injured, and deconditioned states) are to be described in an implementation process resulting in performance standards. This strategy ensures that human performance is consistently addressed with system performance throughout the system life cycle and that the design is informed and enhanced by evaluations of human performance related risks and considers human integration at all levels of the system, from individual components to the level of the complete integrated system. 3.1 Standard Applicability [V2 3001]

Unless otherwise specified herein, all requirements stated in this Standard shall apply to all human space flight programs, all missions, all mission phases (including extravehicular activity (EVA)), all gravity environments, and the full range of capabilities, characteristics, and limitations for all users. Rationale: The human is often the critical factor in the success of a mission. Any activity that involves the human is expected to meet the human factors, habitability, and environmental health criteria in this Standard. A design that ignores the human capabilities, characteristics, and limitations of all users could lead to catastrophic consequences to the users, systems, and mission. Each of the requirements in this Standard defines the scope of applicability. Some requirements, for example, apply only to microgravity conditions. This applicability is noted in the specific requirement. 3.2 Program-Specific Requirements [V2 3002]

Each human space flight program shall establish program-specific verifiable requirements that will meet the requirements of this Standard. Rationale: Many of the requirements in this Standard are very general, and their intent needs to be tailored into requirements that address a specific system. This will help to ensure that the humans using a given system will be effective, efficient, and safe. Tailoring of general requirements to specific requirements will also make it possible to verify that the requirements have been met. 3.3 Compliance Monitoring [V2 3003]

Each human space flight program shall continuously monitor compliance with this Standard during the system life cycle (including design, development, test, operations, and maintenance). Rationale: Design involves a series of tradeoffs. The human is to be a factor considered in trade studies; ignoring human limitations and capabilities could result in eventual system APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 13 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
failure. As a design containing errors progresses, it becomes more and more costly to revise. There is also a danger of the problems going undetected before the system is deployed. It is therefore essential that the requirements developed from this Standard are continually monitored throughout the program life cycle. See NASA/SP-2007-6105, NASA Systems Engineering Handbook, both chapter 3 and section 7.4, for additional information about program life cycles and the involvement of Human Factors Engineering. 3.4 Requirement Verification [V2 3004]

Each human space flight program shall verify that the design meets the program-specific requirements that are traceable to this Standard. Rationale: Without verification, human-system requirements are incomplete. Verification means that final acceptance of the products of development programs and projects are based on evidence that the requirements have been met. Verification, however, is expected to be performed as a continuum of interaction between design planning and outcome confirmation. Early inclusion of evaluation techniques can prevent unexpected performance issues late in the program. 3.5 Human-Centered Design Process [V2 3005]

Each human space flight program shall establish and execute a human-centered design process that includes the following at a minimum: a. Concepts of operation and scenario development b. Task analyses c. Function allocation between humans and systems d. Allocation of roles and responsibilities among humans e. Iterative conceptual design and prototyping f. Empirical testing, e.g., human-in-the-loop, testing with representative population, or model-based assessment of human-system performance g. In-situ monitoring of human-system performance during flight. Rationale: Human-centered design is a performance-based approach that focuses on making a design usable by the human throughout the systems life cycle. (See ISO 13407, Human-centered design processes for interactive systems). It is characterized by early and frequent user involvement, performance assessment, and an iterative design-test-redesign process.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 14 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
A typical human-centered design process is negotiated during the implementation process and documented in a human factors engineering control plan, where each of the above process steps results in at least one documented deliverable. Effective human-centered design starts with a clear definition of human activities, which flows down from the concept of operations and anticipated scenarios, to more specific analyses of tasks and to even more specific questions of allocation of roles and responsibilities between the human and systems (where the term systems refers to machines or automated systems). Iterative design is a key component of this process, by which concepts are continually refined. Next, more rigorous evaluation of designs is required, by computational human modeling, empirical methods, or a blend of the two. Empirical methods include laboratory studies and human-in-the-loop simulation testing. Finally, real-time measurements of system performance are needed during flight to generate lessons learned. More information about methods and techniques can be found in chapter 3, General, of the HIDH.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 15 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 4. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CAPABILITIES

A systems engineering process that adequately considers human performance variability and limitations during spacecraft design, development, testing, and evaluation is of critical importance to the health, safety, and performance of flight crews, as well as to the protection of hardware and systems. As with any other system component, there are limits to human capabilities. The conditions encountered during space flight can degrade human capabilities. These performance-limiting conditions may include environmental factors such as weightlessness and g-transitions, physiological effects such as space sickness and spatial disorientation, and other factors such as confinement and protective clothing. The human performance envelope is bounded by physical as well as cognitive limitations. Accommodating these limitations during space flight is critical to all aspects of mission success, including the maintenance of crew health and safety. Physical characteristics and capabilities include body dimensions, strength, reach, and range of motion. It is important that the design of equipment, including vehicles, spacesuits, and other interfaces, accommodates the physical characteristics of the entire user population. Adjustments for the effects of external factors such as gravity environments, clothing, pressurization, and deconditioning related to mission duration are to be included in the design. 4.1 4.1.1 Physical Data Sets Data Sets [V2 4001]

Each program shall identify or develop an anthropometry, biomechanics, aerobic capacity, and strength data set for the crewmember population to be accommodated in support of all requirements in section 4 of this Standard. Rationale: Identifying the physical characteristics of the crewmember population is a major driver in the overall design of habitable spaces and the equipment used. Anthropometric data include body lengths, reach distance, body surface area, body volume, and body mass characteristics. Biomechanics data include range of motion and strength data. The physical characteristics of the crew depend on the population from which they are drawn. In the past, crews were not selected from the general population. Crews were selected mainly from military populations, and their dimensions, fitness level, and strength were different from those of the general population. Also, human size has historically changed the average person 50 years ago was smaller than todays average person. Developers of a system likely to be used far into the future are to consider these changes. Also, for international missions, data sets may represent diverse populations. 4.1.2 Data Set Characteristics [V2 4002]

Characteristics unique to anticipated gravity environments, clothing, protective equipment (including spacesuits), suit pressurization, external interfacing equipment, crew conditions to be APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 16 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
accommodated, and mission duration shall be documented in a data set and be available for application to system, hardware, and equipment design. Rationale: A system developer is to identify the factors that affect human physical characteristics and show that their consideration is an integral part of the system design process. 4.1.3 Population Definition [V2 4003]

The program shall define the range of the population dimensions that system designs are intended to accommodate. Rationale: After identifying the population from which the crew is selected, the system developer is to define the range that the design will accommodate: the upper and lower boundaries of the physical dimensions. Accepting a wide range of physical dimensions (from very large to very small) has an advantage: those who select crewmembers can choose from a wide range of backgrounds, talents, and skills. The disadvantages are related to design impacts that can occur because of this wider size range. For example, with wider range boundaries, access openings and seats have to be larger to accommodate bigger individuals while controls and panels have to be closer to accommodate the reach of the smaller individuals. 4.1.4 Data Set Assumptions [V2 4004]

Physical data sets shall include age, gender, physical condition, and other appropriate and distinguishing population characteristics. Rationale: The physical data of the crew population selected in section 4.1.1, Data Sets [V2 4001], in this Standard vary with age, gender, and factors such as physical condition or other special considerations. The system developer needs to identify these population characteristics and adjust the numbers in the data set accordingly. 4.2 4.2.1 Body Lengths Body Length Data [V2 4005]

Body length data developed in accordance with section 4.1, Physical Data Sets, in this Standard shall be applied to the design of all elements of system, hardware, and equipment with which the crew interfaces to ensure that crew tasks can be efficiently and effectively performed. Rationale: The design of all physical items that interface with the crew is to account for crew body lengths. This includes hand controls, seat dimensions, hatch opening size, the distance from the seat to controls, handle dimensions, etc.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 17 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
4.2.2 Changes in Body Length [V2 4006]

In reduced gravity, the changes in lengths, circumferences, and body posture shall be accommodated in the design. Rationale: Microgravity significantly changes some human body lengths, circumferences, and the posture. Although it is not certain, this is likely to also be true in reduced gravity, such as on the Moon. To properly size items that interface with the crew, system developers are to be aware of the gravity effects on body dimensions and design accordingly. Program-specific data sets are to be created that reflect anticipated reduced gravity environmental effects on body posture, body length, and body circumference. 4.3 Range of Motion Data [V2 4007]

Range of motion data define the direction and limit of movement of the human body. Range of motion data developed in accordance with section 4.1, Physical Data Sets, in this Standard shall be applied to the design of all elements of system, hardware, and equipment with which the crew interfaces to ensure that crew tasks can be efficiently and effectively performed. Rationale: Design constraints may dictate a space vehicle layout and tasks that force the crew to move, twist, or stretch into awkward positions. The development program will have data available that define the range of motion limits for the crew. 4.4 Reach Data [V2 4008]

Human reach capabilities data define the ability to touch and grasp items in the work envelope. Reach data developed in accordance with section 4.1, Physical Data Sets, in this Standard shall be applied to the design so that all crew interface items are located within the reach limits of the smallest crewmember in his/her working posture, using the most encumbering equipment and clothing anticipated. Rationale: If the crewmember is fixed in a seat or a restraint system, accurate reach limit data are critical to successful system operation. Even if crewmembers are able to move about, excessive reach to interfaces may cause errors and task delays. 4.5 Body Surface Area Data [V2 4009]

Body surface area data define the size of the outer surface of the body. Where appropriate, body surface area data developed in accordance with section 4.1, Physical Data Sets, in this Standard shall be applied to the design of all elements of system, hardware, and equipment with which the crew interfaces to ensure that crew tasks can be efficiently and effectively performed. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 18 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Rationale: Depending on mission or design requirements, system developers could need data describing the outer surface area of the body. This could occur when assessing radiation exposure or designing a body contact cooling system. In such cases, the data are to accurately describe the full size range of the crew. 4.6 Body Volume Data [V2 4010]

Body volume defines the volume of environment displaced by the body. Body volume data can describe both whole body and body segment volumes. Body volume is a static measurement and does not describe the volume required to size an area for the movements of human activity. Where appropriate, body volume data developed in accordance with section 4.1, Physical Data Sets, in this Standard shall be applied to the design of all elements of system, hardware, and equipment with which the crew interfaces to ensure that crew tasks can be efficiently and effectively performed. Rationale: Depending on mission or design requirements, system developers could need data describing volume of the body. In such cases, the data are to accurately describe the full size range of the crew. 4.7 Body Mass Data [V2 4011]

Body mass data can describe both whole body and body segments. Body mass data may include center of gravity and moment of inertia, as well as simple body mass. Body mass may be an important design consideration during acceleration and may be used to characterize design forces exerted between crewmembers and equipment, such as body support systems, tools, and mobility aids. Body mass centers of gravity may be an important design consideration during dynamic mission phases and on suited crewmember mobility, balance, and stability. Body mass data developed in accordance with section 4.1, Physical Data Sets, in this Standard shall be applied to the design of all elements of system, hardware, and equipment with which the crew interfaces to ensure that crew tasks can be efficiently and effectively performed. Rationale: Propulsion and system dynamic calculations depend on accurate data for the full range of crewmember sizes. All vehicle systems with human-system interfaces are to be designed such that they will not be damaged after being subjected to the forces that a crewmember can impart on that interface through movement. As an example, body support systems, e.g., seats, brackets, and restraints, are to accommodate forces exerted by a suited crewmember under all anticipated acceleration and gravity environments. 4.8 Strength

Strength refers to a persons ability to generate force. Maximum strength data can be used to design hardware that will not break under unusual circumstances, such as panic application of a APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 19 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
brake or shut-off control. Minimum strength data establish criteria that ensure all crewmembers are capable of operating expected system components and equipment. 4.8.1 Strength Data [V2 4012]

Strength data developed in accordance with section 4.1, Physical Data Sets, in this Standard shall be applied to the design of all elements of the system, hardware, and equipment with which the crew interfaces to ensure that crew tasks can be efficiently and effectively performed without injury to the crew and that hardware can be used without sustaining damage. Rationale: Vehicle components and equipment are to be designed to withstand large forces exerted by a strong crewmember during nominal operation, without breaking. Humans may inadvertently exert high forces when operating controls in emergency situations, such as stopping a surface vehicle or attempting to open a hatch for emergency egress. The resulting possible damage to equipment could make it impossible to respond safely to the emergency. Program requirements are to ensure that designers have accurate strength data. 4.8.2 Muscle Effects [V2 4013]

The effects of muscle endurance and fatigue shall be factored into system design. Rationale: Tasks with high force requirements and repetitive tasks (even with low force requirements) can cause fatigue. Additionally, since space flight can decrease muscle size, muscle strength, muscle power, and muscle endurance, these factors are to be considered in system design. Program requirements are to ensure that designers have accurate data of the strength of crewmembers in anticipated fatigued conditions. A fatigued crewmember should be able to perform any requested task. 4.8.3 Operational Strength [V2 4014]

Systems, hardware, and equipment shall be designed to be operable with the lowest anticipated strength. Rationale: Design is to allow for all crewmembers to perform any of the requested tasks efficiently and effectively, thus ensuring task and/or mission success. 4.9 Aerobic Capacity [V2 4015]

An individuals absolute aerobic capacity determines the ability to perform a task at a given level of work. The system shall be designed to be operable by crewmembers with the aerobic capacity as defined in NASA-STD-3001, Volume 1.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 20 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Aerobic capacity information is an important engineering number, and program requirements are to ensure accurate data are available to system developers. The aerobic capacity in conjunction with the operational concept provides an upper bound for oxygen (O2) demand, carbon dioxide (CO2) production, heat rejection requirements, etc. This information is vital for all spacecraft Environmental Control and Life Support System (ECLSS) designs, including the EVA suits. This information would help in sizing the primary and emergency O2 systems, scrubbers, etc., and help the engineers perform trade studies on various suit designs based on the operational scenarios and metabolic expenditure.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 21 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 5. PERCEPTION AND COGNITION

This section articulates human perceptual and cognitive characteristics from a functional, i.e., task performance, perspective. These characteristics can be described in terms of capabilities and limitations that vary, such as age, gender, fatigue, and exposure to environmental factors. As there are limitations within the design of system components, there are limits to human capabilities. The environmental conditions of space flight can further degrade human capabilities. Systems need to be designed to support human perceptual and cognitive capabilities to meet system performance requirements. For detailed discussions regarding human performance capabilities, e.g., visual perception, auditory perception, cognition, and workload, see chapter 5, Human Performance Capabilities, of the HIDH. For detailed discussions regarding the design of user interfaces, e.g., visual acquisition of displays, visual displays, layout of displays and controls, see chapter 10, Crew Interfaces, of the HIDH. 5.1 5.1.1 Perceptual and Cognitive Characteristics and Capabilities Visual Capabilities [V2 5001]

Visual capabilities include, at a minimum, visual acuity, spatial contrast sensitivity, visual accommodation, field of regard, color discrimination, stereoscopic depth perception, and temporal contrast sensitivity. Further explanation of these terms can be found in Appendix C, Definitions. Visual capabilities shall be accommodated in the design of all visual interface elements for all levels of crew capability and all levels of task demands. Rationale: Design of interface elements, such as text, graphics, and icons, as well as design of the display itself and its placement relative to the user, are to ensure that relevant visual information is visible and readable (text) or interpretable (graphical icons or symbols) while a crewmember performs mission tasks. 5.1.2 Auditory Perceptual Capabilities [V2 5002]

Auditory capabilities include, at a minimum, absolute threshold of hearing, auditory localization, and speech intelligibility. Auditory localization refers to the aural sensation of the location of a sound in space. Speech intelligibility refers to the ability to correctly identify speech material (typically words) in accordance with a standardized testing method. Auditory perceptual capabilities shall be accommodated in the design of all auditory system elements that interface with the crew for all levels of crew capability and all levels of task demands.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 22 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Audio-communications can play an essential role in completing mission operations. This is especially true for operations that require coordination of individuals remote from each other (a feature of all space missions). Audio-communications are also critical to successful completion of non-scripted operations, such as emergency recovery from an off-nominal event. Communication engineering calculations require metrics for ensuring speech intelligibility and quality under all mission phases. All vehicle systems are to be designed with respect to the noise and vibration environment and other sources of auditory masking (from excessive noise) and to accommodate suited versus unsuited conditions, e.g., headset versus loudspeaker conditions. 5.1.3 Sensorimotor Capabilities [V2 5003]

Sensorimotor functional capabilities include balance, locomotion, eye-hand coordination, visual control, tactile perception, and orientation perception. Sensorimotor capabilities shall be accommodated in the design of all display-control system elements that interface with the crew for all levels of crew capability and all levels of task demands. Rationale: Controls and displays can provide information to the operator through sensorimotor perception channels. Requirements are to be written to ensure successful use of that information channel. Transmittal of information through sensorimotor channels is dependent on the nature of the information (rate, direction, quantity, etc.), clothing worn by the operator (gloves, footwear, helmet, etc.), control and display characteristics (control shape, control forces, display orientation, etc.), and the environment (vibration, lighting, acceleration, gravity, etc.). 5.1.4 Cognitive Capabilities [V2 5004]

Cognitive capabilities include attention, memory, decision making, problem solving, logical reasoning, and spatial cognition. Cognitive performance capabilities shall be accommodated in the design of all system elements that interface with the crew for all levels of crew capability and all levels of task demands. Rationale: Accommodating cognitive performance capabilities is important to ensure optimal task performance and crew safety. Design of hardware, including displays and controls, are to take into account the capabilities and limitations of humans to acquire, interpret, and retain information such that the relevant information is available and intelligible. This is especially important during space flight, where microgravity can affect spatial orientation and deconditioning and where stress can affect several cognitive processes. For detailed discussions regarding the effects of stress on cognitive performance see chapter 5, Human Performance Capabilities, of the HIDH.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 23 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
5.2 Integrated Human Performance Capabilities

The system needs to adequately support the crew to operate safely in both nominal and offnominal situations, i.e., that the integrated design remains within acceptable performance envelopes. Indications of adequate crew support include (1) tasks can be accomplished within time and performance criteria, (2) the human-system interface supports a high degree of onboard situation awareness (SA), (3) the system design and allocation of functions provide acceptable workload levels to ensure vigilance and a balance between underload/boredom and overload, and (4) the interfaces minimize operator error and provide for error detection and recovery when events do occur. 5.2.1 Time and Performance [V2 5005]

Effective task performance includes timeliness and accuracy: the task is to be performed successfully within an appropriate time frame to meet mission objectives. The ability to perform tasks in a timely and accurate manner shall be accommodated in the design of all system elements that interface with the crew for all levels of crew capability and all levels of task demands. Rationale: Some prominent aerospace accidents have been traced to poor integrated design that a human would be unable to perform an emergency operation given the actual time demands of the task versus the environmental situation of the emergency. Some of the factors to be considered in design include time on task, task to train, the time needed to recover from errors, the nature and type of task errors, and the nature and consequence of errors. 5.2.2 Situational Awareness [V2 5006]

SA refers to the process and outcome of understanding the current context and environment, evaluating that situation with respect to current goals, and projecting how that situation will evolve in the future. Systems shall be designed such that the SA necessary for efficient and effective task performance is provided and can be maintained for all levels of crew capability and all levels of task demands. Rationale: Lack of SA has been associated with numerous accidents and incorrect decisions by flight crews in commercial aviation and in ground-based simulation of spacecraft operations. To maximize SA and optimize operational accuracy and efficiency, designers are to perform a detailed information requirements analysis of all onboard operations and ensure that the crewvehicle interfaces provide all required information to perform the operation. A useful and effective system design supports the crewmembers ability to rapidly and accurately assess the current situation. Relying on individual good design choices does not necessarily scale up to an effective system design. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 24 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
5.2.3 Cognitive Workload [V2 5007]

Cognitive workload is an emergent property that arises from task demands imposed on humans, human strategies for coping with task demands, and system and environmental factors that affect human performance. Cognitive workload shall be accommodated (to avoid overload or underload) in the design of all system elements that interface with the crew for all levels of crew capability and all levels of task demands. Rationale: Some of the most safety-critical decisions and actions associated with operating a spacecraft are carried out in situations where the crew is multi-tasking, processing numerous inputs, and making decisions concerning multiple, possibly unrelated, problems. Since humans are limited-capacity processors, excessive workload on any one task can cause the operators to cognitively tunnel on one problem, leaving little or no spare capacity to deal with any others. Therefore, having designed a human-system interface to support a crew task, designers are to assess the operation in human-in-the-loop simulation to determine the workload associated with that operation. If the workload is judged to be so high that a human has little or no spare capacity to deal with a concurrent problem, the task and supporting interfaces are to be redesigned.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 25 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 6. NATURAL AND INDUCED ENVIRONMENTS

Natural and induced environmental factors include air, water, contamination, acceleration, acoustics, vibration, radiation, and temperature. Environmental design factors that can enhance human performance, such as crew station layout and lighting, are discussed in section 8, Architecture, in this Standard. Overall, the systems environment is to be compatible with tasks to be performed and promote crew health and performance. 6.1 Trend Analysis of Environmental Data [V2 6001]

The system shall provide environmental monitoring data in formats compatible with performing temporal trend analyses. Rationale: Requirements are to consider all environmental parameters that may require trend analysis for a given mission. Trending of environmental parameters, such as internal atmosphere constituents, temperature, humidity, water, acoustics, and radiation (see sections 6.2 through 6.8 in this Standard for the detailed requirements), is necessary for both anticipating harmful conditions before they occur and troubleshooting using previously stored data. To properly trend, aspects of the data, such as the measurement rate, are also to be considered, as some parameters may otherwise only be measured infrequently. 6.2 Internal Atmosphere

A safe, breathable atmosphere is critical to human health and performance. Early identification of potential air quality issues enables mitigation by design. Monitoring atmospheric quality and evaluating trends is essential. The system is to be robust enough to control or allow crew control of atmospheric pressure, humidity, temperature, ventilation flow rate, airborne particulates, partial pressure of O2 (ppO2), partial pressure of CO2 (ppCO2), and trace contaminants within ranges necessary to maintain human health and safety. Additional information specific to atmospheric standards during suited operations can be found in section 11.1, Suit Design and Operations, in this Standard. 6.2.1 6.2.1.1 Atmospheric Constituents Inert Diluent Gas [V2 6002]

For mission durations in excess of 2 weeks, the atmosphere shall contain a physiologically inert diluent gas to prevent lung collapse. Rationale: A diluent gas, in addition to O2, is required in nominal, long-duration, breathable atmospheres to prevent lung collapse, in addition to reducing the ignition/flammability threshold. The choice of diluent gas is dependent on many factors, including physiological activity and contribution to decompression sickness (DCS).

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 26 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.2.1.2 O2 Partial Pressure Range for Crew Exposure [V2 6003]

The system shall maintain ppO2 to within the physiological range of 20.7 kPa < ppO2 50.6 kPa (155 mmHg < ppO2 380 mmHg, 3.0 psia < ppO2 7.35 psia). Rationale: The system needs to maintain ppO2 to the specified range throughout all non-joint operations, docked operations, and EVA. The range provided is the physiological values for indefinite human exposure without measurable impairments to health or performance. 6.2.1.3 Carbon Dioxide Levels [V2 6004]

CO2 levels shall be limited to the values stated in the tables located in JSC 20584, Spacecraft Maximum Allowable Concentrations for Airborne Contaminants. Rationale: Requirements are to define upper CO2 limits; there is no minimum CO2 level for human existence. Limits are to be defined for indefinite exposure but may also be defined for short durations outside of indefinite limits to protect for contingency conditions. Durations of CO2 exposure above indefinite limits are to be based on expected performance and health decrements and the risks imposed by these decrements. 6.2.1.4 Other Atmospheric Constituents [V2 6005]

Atmosphere constituents shall be maintained at concentrations to preclude physiologically detrimental effects in accordance with the tables found in JSC 20584. Rationale: Exposure limits for expected atmospheric constituents in space flight are to be defined to protect crewmembers from illness and injury. The spacecraft maximum allowable concentrations (SMACs) provide guidance for short-term (1 and 24 hours), medium-term (7 and 30 days), and long-term (180 days) exposure of these constituents. The SMACs take into account several unique factors of human space flight missions, including the stress on human physiology, the uniform good health of astronauts, and the absence of pregnant or very young individuals. 6.2.2 6.2.2.1 Atmospheric Pressure Total Pressure Tolerance Range for Crew Exposure [V2 6006]

The system shall maintain the pressure to which the crew is exposed to between 20.7 kPa < pressure 103 kPa (3.0 psia < pressure 15.0 psia) for indefinite human exposure without measurable impairments to health or performance. Rationale: Designers and physiologists have to evaluate and trade off the various atmospheric combinations. A low total pressure is desirable because it allows simple transfer to a low pressure EVA suit. (Low pressure EVA suits are less stiff and allow greater range of motion). Low total pressure requires a higher percentage of oxygen in the atmosphere to provide an APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 27 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
acceptable ppO2. Oxygen-rich atmospheres, however, present safety hazards because of their ability to feed fires. 6.2.2.2 Rate of Pressure Change [V2 6007]

The rate of change of total internal vehicle pressure shall be limited to between -207 kPa/min (-30 psi/min) (-1550 mmHg/min) and 93.1 kPa/min (13.5 psi/min) (698 mmHg/min). Rationale: The rate of change of pressure is to be limited to prevent injury to crewmembers ears and lungs during depressurization and repressurization. The positive rate of change limit is designed to prevent barotraumas in space flight conditions, where microgravity may have affected head and sinus congestion, and is therefore much more conservative than the 45 psi/min (2,327 mmHg/min) (100 ft/min) descent rate limit allowed by the U.S. Navy dive manual. The negative rate of change limit is consistent with the U.S. Navy dive manual 29 psi/min (1,520 mmHg/min) (66 ft/min) ascent rate allowance. 6.2.2.3 Decompression Sickness Risk Identification [V2 6008]

Each program shall define mission-unique DCS risk limits to maintain crew health. Rationale: DCS risk limits are to be defined to develop coordinated requirements for total pressure, ppO2, and prebreathe before vehicle or suit depressurization, which are all variables in DCS risk. 6.2.2.4 Decompression Sickness Capability [V2 6009]

The system shall provide a DCS treatment capability. Rationale: DCS is a potential hazard of space flight and EVA because of changes in the operational pressure environment. Rapid and appropriate intervention is required to optimize the outcome for the affected crewmember. If treatment for DCS is instituted quickly, the outcome of therapy has a higher probability of success and will likely require less magnitude and duration of hyperbaric O2 therapy. It is important, therefore, to have the crewmember back to his/her initial saturation pressure as soon as possible, which may resolve DCS symptoms. Initial saturation pressure is defined as the highest pressure to which the crewmember has been exposed during the 36 hours before beginning the EVA. If not addressed quickly, higher pressures may be required to address DCS symptoms. The US Navy Treatment Table 6, Oxygen Treatment of Type II Decompression Sickness, (treatment in a hyperbaric treatment facility) is the terrestrial standard for treating most forms of DCS; however, the terrestrial standard may not be achievable, or required, because the resources required to support it would be prohibitive, and the expected outcomes from sub-terrestrial standard therapy are likely to be adequate for altitude-induced DCS symptoms. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 28 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

6.2.3 6.2.3.1

Atmospheric Humidity Relative Humidity [V2 6010]

Average relative humidity (RH) shall be maintained between 25 and 75 percent over each 24-hour period during all mission operations, excluding suited operations of less than 4 hours and post-landing through hatch opening. Rationale: Average humidity is to be maintained above this lower limit (25 percent) to ensure that the environment is not too dry for the nominal functioning of mucous membranes and to prevent static electricity buildup within the cabin, which could pose an increased electrical hazard to people. Average humidity is to be maintained below this upper limit (75 percent) for crew comfort and to limit formation of condensation. Excess moisture in the glove can contribute to trauma at the fingertips. Considerations are to be given for expected elevations in RH, such as during exercise. 6.2.3.2 Suited and Post-Landing Relative Humidity [V2 6011]

For suited operations of less than 4 hours and for nominal post-landing operations, the system shall limit RH to the levels in table 1, Average Relative Humidity. Rationale: Average humidity is to be maintained above the lower limits stated to ensure that the environment is not too dry for the nominal functioning of mucous membranes. During low humidity exposures, additional water is to be provided to the crew to prevent dehydration. Humidity is to be maintained below the upper limits for crew comfort to allow for effective evaporation and to limit the formation of condensation. Excess moisture in the glove can contribute to trauma at the fingertips. In unsuited scenarios, high RH may interfere with the nominal evaporation process that enables perspiration to cool the body. Thus, high RH in warm environments can pose an additional hazard for core body temperature excess.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 29 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Table 1Average Relative Humidity
Average RH RH 5% 5% < RH 15% 15% < RH 25% 25% < RH 75% (nominal range1) 75% < RH 85% 85% < RH 95% 95% < RH Time Allowed 1 hr 2 hr 4 hr Indefinite2 24 hr3 12 hr3 8 hr3

1. Nominal humidity range is included for completeness. 2. Assumes temperature is within nominal range in accordance with section 6.2.4.2, Temperature Range [V2 6013], in this Standard. 3. Only after doffing a suit post-landing; duration may be shorter if temperature is outside nominal range (specified in section 6.2.4.2, Temperature Range [V2 6013] in this Standard). 6.2.4 6.2.4.1 Atmospheric Comfort and Temperature Comfort Zone [V2 6012]

The system shall be able to maintain thermal conditions in the comfort zone as shown in figure 1, Environmental Comfort Zone, throughout all mission phases, including planned contingencies. Rationale: The comfort zone is defined as the range of environmental conditions, e.g., temperature and RH, in which humans can achieve thermal comfort and not have their performance of routine activities affected by thermal stress. Thermal comfort is affected by the work rate, clothing, and state of acclimatization. This combination of environmental conditions is important to define, since humidity and temperature requirements may be met separately but together may be outside of the comfort zone.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 30 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Figure 1Environmental Comfort Zone

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 31 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.2.4.2 Temperature Range [V2 6013]

The system shall maintain the atmospheric temperature within the range of 18 C (64.4 F) to 27 C (80.6 F) during all nominal operations, excluding suited operations, ascent, entry, landing, and post-landing. Rationale: This temperature range is defined as the range of environmental conditions in which humans can achieve thermal comfort and not have their performance of routine activities affected by thermal stress. 6.2.4.3 Crewmember Heat Storage [V2 6014]

The system shall prevent the energy stored by each crewmember from exceeding the cognitive deficit onset (CDO) limits defined by the range 4.7 kJ/kg (2.0 Btu/lb) > Q stored > -4.1 kJ/kg (1.8 Btu/lb) during ascent, entry, descent, landing, post-landing, contingency, and suited operations longer than 12 hours, where Q stored is calculated using a validated and NASAapproved thermoregulatory model, such as 41-Node Man (JSC 33124, 41-Node Transient Metabolic Man Computer Program Documentation A thermal regulatory model of the human body with environmental suit applications,) or the Wissler model. Rationale: These thermal limits are intended to cover brief temperature excursions related to contingency situations, including excessively high metabolic rates, or operational exposure to excessive ambient heat loads, including suited operations. 6.2.4.4 Display of Temperature [V2 6015]

The system shall provide and display the current air temperature to the crew. Rationale: The ability for the crew to view the current temperature is needed to allow the crew to make decisions about how to manage atmospheric settings to maintain crew comfort and preference. 6.2.5 6.2.5.1 Atmospheric Control Atmospheric Control [V2 6017]

The system shall allow the crew to control atmospheric pressure, humidity, temperature, and ppO2. Rationale: The ability to control atmospheric conditions is important for crew comfort, e.g., temperature and humidity, and for mission tasks, e.g., ppO2 and total pressure for expected cabin depressurization, to ensure efficient and effective performance.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 32 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.2.5.2 Ventilation Control [V2 6018]

The ventilation rate and direction shall be adjustable by the crew such that the requirement of section 6.2.1.3, Carbon Dioxide Levels [V2 6004], in this Standard can be met. Rationale: The ability to control local cabin ventilation will allow the crew to adjust for too little ventilation or too much ventilation. The ability to control local cabin ventilation by adjusting air flow enables the crew to prevent exhaled CO2-rich air from building around the head. Additionally, too much ventilation will dry facial mucous membranes. 6.2.5.3 Remote Adjustment [V2 6019]

The system shall provide for the remote adjustment of atmospheric pressure, temperature, and ppO2. Rationale: The ability to adjust atmospheric parameters remotely is important for cases in which a crewed vehicle is to dock with an unscrewed vehicle, whose atmosphere is to be habitable before ingress. This may be done from other spacecraft located in microgravity or on planetary surfaces or from Earth-based control centers. 6.2.6 6.2.6.1 Atmosphere Data Availability Atmospheric Data Recording [V2 6020]

For each isolatable, habitable compartment, the system shall automatically record pressure, humidity, temperature, ppO2, and ppCO2 data. Rationale: Access to atmospheric data is needed for each habitable compartment (that can be isolated with a pressure hatch) to which the crew has access, as each of these parameters is critical to crew health and comfort. Additionally, the ability to view past recorded data helps to prevent environmental conditions that could harm the crew or vehicle and can aid in the effort to troubleshoot problems. 6.2.6.2 Atmospheric Data Displaying [V2 6021]

The system shall display real-time values for pressure, humidity, temperature, ppO2, and ppCO2 data to the crew. Rationale: These atmospheric parameters are critical to human health and comfort, and access to this atmospheric data needs to be provided to the crew. The crew needs to view the environmental status in real time to help prevent environmental conditions that could harm them or the vehicle.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 33 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.2.7 6.2.7.1 Atmosphere Monitoring and Alerting Atmospheric Monitoring and Alerting [V2 6022]

The system shall monitor atmospheric parameters, including atmospheric pressure, humidity, temperature, ppO2, and ppCO2 and alert the crew when they are outside safe limits. Rationale: Systems are to be capable of monitoring the atmosphere to identify when parameters are outside set limits so that the system can alert the crew and the crew can take appropriate actions to maintain health and safety. See sections 10.3.4, Audio Displays, and 10.7.2, Caution and Warning, in this Standard for additional information. 6.2.7.2 Trace Constituent Monitoring and Alerting [V2 6023]

Except for missions to low Earth orbit (LEO) or less than 30 days, the system shall monitor trace volatile contaminants, e.g., alcohols, aromatic compounds, and aldehydes, and alert the crew when they are approaching accepted limits. Rationale: Monitoring and alerting are required to identify when hazardous contaminants are detected and to alert the crew so they can take appropriate actions to maintain health and safety. Trace contaminant monitoring is important for identifying a wide range of contaminants that may impact human health and safety, including toxic substances that cannot be predicted now or substances that are not normally thought of as part of the atmosphere. Accepted limits may be based on SMACs or on agreements from international partners. 6.2.7.3 Combustion Monitoring and Alerting [V2 6024]

The system shall continuously monitor toxic atmospheric components that would result from pre-combustion and combustion events before, during, and after the event and alert the crew in sufficient time for them to take appropriate action. Rationale: Monitoring and alerting are required to identify when toxic components are detected and to alert the crew so they can take appropriate actions to maintain health and safety. Because of the extreme danger of combustion in a spacecraft, alerting is to occur quickly enough, e.g., within 5 seconds, to allow the crew to address the hazard, e.g., locating and using a fire extinguisher. 6.2.7.4 Contamination Monitoring and Alerting [V2 6025]

The system shall monitor and display atmospheric compound levels that result from contamination events, e.g., toxic release, systems leaks, or externally originated, before, during, and after an event and alert the crew in sufficient time for them to take appropriate action.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 34 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Alerting the crew when contaminants are present is necessary for them to take appropriate action to maintain health and safety. In addition, monitoring after the event is important to verify that levels are safe for human exposure. Monitoring is required to identify when components are detected, so that alerting can occur. Potential contaminants, e.g., hydrazine, monomethylhydrazine (MMH), nitrogen tetroxide (NTO), and ammonia, need to be monitored after EVA. Lunar dust needs to be monitored after the first lunar EVA and thereafter. 6.3 Water

The challenges of providing quality water are different for different system designs and different water sources, e.g., recycled humidity condensate and ground-supplied water. In the design process, early identification of potential water quality impacts enables mitigation by design. Water quality monitoring through the use of in-flight and pre-flight analysis techniques are essential tools for use in verifying water quality, evaluating trends, and documenting potential exposures. 6.3.1 6.3.1.1 Water Quality Water Physiochemical Limits [V2 6026]

At the point of crew consumption or contact, the system shall provide potable water that is safe for human use, including drinking, food rehydration, personal hygiene, and medical needs. Rationale: Safe water pollutant levels have been established for certain prioritized compounds specifically for human-rated space vehicles by the JSC Toxicology Group in cooperation with a subcommittee of the National Research Council Committee on Toxicology; however, the current list in JSC 63414, Spacecraft Water Exposure Guidelines (SWEGs), is not all inclusive, and other compounds may be of concern. For these other compounds, the United States Environmental Protection Agency maximum contaminant levels can be utilized as conservative screening limits. (For additional guidance, reference chapter 6, Natural and Induced Environments, in the HIDH.) To determine which contaminants are present, a complete chemical characterization of potential water sources is to be performed. Point of crew consumption or contact refers to the location from which potable water is dispensed for use in drinks, food rehydration, personal hygiene, and medical needs and any potential in-flight maintenance sites. 6.3.1.2 Water Microbial Limits [V2 6027]

At the point of crew consumption or contact, the system shall provide potable water quality at or below the microbial limits of table 2, Potable Water Microbiological Limits, to the crew for drinking, food rehydration, personal hygiene, and medical needs. Rationale: Microbially safe water is essential to prevent infection and mitigate risk to crew health and performance. Point of crew consumption or contact refers to the location from which APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 35 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
potable water is dispensed for use in drinks, food rehydration, personal hygiene, and medical needs and any potential in-flight maintenance sites. Table 2Potable Water Microbiological Limits*
Characteristic Bacterial Count Coliform Bacteria Fungal Count Parasitic Protozoa, e.g., Giardia and Cryptosporidium Maximum Allowable 50 Non-detectable per 100 ml Non-detectable per 100 ml 0 Units CFU/ml -

*SSP 50260, International Space Station Medical Operations Requirements Document (MORD). Note: CFU = colony forming unit. 6.3.1.3 Water Aesthetic Limits [V2 6028]

Drinking water shall meet the aesthetic limits defined in table 3, Potable Water Aesthetic Limits. Rationale: Water aesthetic limits, which have been established specifically for human-rated spacecraft, are to be met to ensure palatability of the water. This is important to ensure that crewmembers drink enough water to maintain hydration. Table 3Potable Water Aesthetic Limits
Quality Taste Odor Turbidity Color, True Free and Dissolved Gas2 Acidity (pH) Limit 3 3 1 15 0.1 4.5 9.0 Units1 TTN TON NTU PCU % N/A

Notes: 1. TTN = threshold taste number, TON = threshold odor number, NTU = nephelometric turbidity unit, PCU = platinum-cobalt unit. 2. Free gas at vehicle atmospheric pressure and 37 C (98.6 F); dissolved gas saturated at vehicle atmospheric pressure and 37 C (98.6 F). 6.3.2 6.3.2.1 Water Quantity Drinking Water Quantity [V2 6029]

The system shall provide a minimum of 2.0 kg (4.4 lb) of potable water per crewmember per mission day for drinking. Rationale: To maintain crewmember hydration status and allow crewmembers to perform duties nominally, 2.0 kg (4.4 lb) of drinking water is needed. This quantity is also required for adequate urine output to clear metabolic wastes and to account for perspiratory and other insensible losses. Intake less than 2.0 kg (4.4 lb) will increase the risk of under hydration or APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 36 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
dehydration of the crewmember, with consequences ranging from poor communication and crew performance caused by dry mucous membranes, nosebleeds, headache, malaise, and fitful sleep to urinary tract infection or urinary calculi if the under-hydration state is continued. 6.3.2.2 Rehydration Water Quantity [V2 6030]

The system shall provide sufficient quantities of potable water per crewmember per mission day to support food rehydration beyond the water quantity specified in section 6.3.2.1, Drinking Water Quantity [V2 6029], in this Standard. Rationale: Potable water quantities are to be defined for rehydration use, which will depend on the mission length, number of crew, and design of the food system. Design solutions for space flight food systems have typically included quantities of dried food and beverages that require rehydration with measured amounts of ambient or hot temperature potable water. 6.3.2.3 Hot Rehydration Water Quantity [V2 6031]

The system shall provide sufficient quantities of hot potable water to support hot food and beverage hydration for mission durations greater than 3 days. Rationale: For missions longer than a few days, hot food and beverages provide an important psychological benefit. The amount of hot water to be provided depends on the number of crew, mission length, and types of food and beverage available. 6.3.2.4 Personal Hygiene Water Quantity [V2 6032]

The system shall provide a sufficient quantity of potable water per crewmember per day for personal hygiene as determined by the human space flight program. Rationale: Potable water quantities are to be defined for personal hygiene use, which will depend on the mission length, number of crew, and design of the hygiene system. Water may not be required for some hygiene activities where alternatives, e.g., rinseless shampoo, pre-wetted towels, are provided. 6.3.2.5 Eye Irrigation Water Quantity [V2 6033]

The system shall provide immediately available potable water for eye irrigation for particulate events, e.g., dust, foreign objects, chemical burns, and other eye irritations. Rationale: Eye irrigation is required for space flight, based on experience and data from Shuttle, International Space Station (ISS), and Apollo programs. Eyewash capability for particulate events is expected, especially for lunar missions because of the increased risk of exposure to dust on the lunar surface.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 37 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.3.2.6 Medical Contingency Water Quantity [V2 6034]

The system shall provide a sufficient quantity of immediately available potable water for medical contingency use, e.g., chemical exposure/burn, as determined by the human space flight program. Rationale: Water for medical contingency use is required for many situations, including eye and wound irrigation during space flight, based on experience and data from Shuttle, ISS, and Apollo programs. Some medical situations require large quantities of water, for example, lithium hydroxide (LiOH) or other toxic substances in the eye or skin wound. However, these events are off-nominal and occur at lower frequency than particulate events during the mission and may be considered contingencies. The quantity of water to be provided depends on the number of crew and expected contingency events and should ensure that medical treatment can be provided. 6.3.2.7 Suited Operations Water Quantity [V2 6035]

The system shall provide an additional 240 ml (8 oz) of potable water per hour, above nominal potable water provision, for crewmembers performing suited operations. Rationale: Potable water is necessary during suited operations to prevent dehydration related to perspiration and insensible water loss, as well as to improve comfort. The additional 240 ml (8 oz) is based upon measured respiratory and perspiratory losses during suited operations. During a lunar EVA, crewmembers will most likely be suited for 10 hours, including approximately 7 hours expending energy on the lunar surface. 6.3.2.8 Fluid Loading Water Quantity for Earth Entry [V2 6036]

The system shall provide a minimum of 1.0 kg (2.2 lb) of potable water per crewmember for reentry fluid loading countermeasure for each end-of-mission (EOM) opportunity. Rationale: The 1.0 kg (2.2 lb) quantity is based on the Space Shuttle aeromedical flight rule for re-entry fluid loading, which requires 1.5 L (48 oz) initial fluid loading, 0.5 L of which comes from unconsumed daily water allocation per crewmember. This allocation protects for nominal EOM fluid loading plus one additional wave-off opportunity 24 hours later. Without this additional water allocation, the crew may have inadequate water available to fluid load and may become hemodynamically compromised during and after deorbit. Inadequate fluid loading will almost certainly cause physiological difficulties in some, if not most, crewmembers. 6.3.2.9 Crew Recovery Water Quantity [V2 6037] The system shall provide a minimum of 1.0 kg (2.2 lb) of potable water per crewmember for each 8-hour period of the entire post-landing crew recovery period.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 38 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Water is required during the post-landing phase, up to about 36 hours, to ensure crewmembers are properly hydrated. Less water may be needed for hydration following a launch abort, since crewmembers will not have undergone space flight fluid loss. 6.3.2.10 Sampling Water Quantity [V2 6038]

The system shall provide sufficient quantities of potable water to support water quality sampling. Rationale: The quantity of water required for water sampling is to be defined and requested as above and beyond the nominal potable water quantity requirements, which is done to ensure water quality. 6.3.3 6.3.3.1 Water Dispensing Water Dispensing Rate [V2 6039]

Water shall be dispensed at a rate that is compatible with the food system. Rationale: A water dispensing rate is to be defined to ensure that the crew is able to prepare for and perform tasks, e.g., filling drink bags, rehydrating food, in a reasonable amount of time. The rate will depend on the design of the food system and the amount of water required, if necessary, to rehydrate beverages and food. 6.3.3.2 Water Dispensing Increments [V2 6040]

To prevent overflow, water shall be dispensable in specified increments that are compatible with the food system. Rationale: Water dispensing increments are to be defined to properly hydrate food and beverages. In addition, palatability is be included as part of the assessment when determining the proper hydration of food and beverages. 6.3.4 6.3.4.1 Water Temperature Hot Beverage Water Temperature [V2 6041]

Potable water for hot beverages shall be at a temperature between 68.3 C (155 F) and 79.4 C (175 F). Rationale: Many rehydrated beverages are familiar to crewmembers as warm items and are therefore more palatable served warm. Water at 79.4 C (175 F) allows for the temperature of rehydrated beverages to remain above 68.3 C (155 F), which prevents microbial growth. The higher water temperature also allows for faster rehydration of beverages.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 39 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.3.4.2 Cold Beverage Water Temperature [V2 6042]

The system shall provide potable water for cold beverages at a maximum temperature of 15.6 C (60 F) for missions longer than 3 days. Rationale: Over the course of long-duration missions, crews can tire of repetitive beverages and foods. Providing cold water is an important way of keeping the crew interested in their meals and providing a familiar contact to normal Earth living. Chilled water is provided during Space Shuttle flights (nominally between 7.2 and 11.7 C (45 to 53 F)). In addition, a chiller is available to ISS crews to cool beverages and food items. Cold water makes certain beverages and food items (such as shrimp cocktail, berry medley, strawberries, and breakfast cereals) more acceptable. 6.3.4.3 Food Hydration Water Temperature [V2 6043]

Potable water for food hydration shall be at a temperature between 68.3 C (155 F) and 79.4 C (175 F). Rationale: Many rehydrated foods are familiar to crewmembers as warm items and are therefore more palatable served warm. Water at 79.4 C (175 F) allows for the temperature of rehydrated food to remain above 68.3 C (155 F), which prevents microbial growth. The higher water temperature also allows for faster rehydration of food items. 6.3.4.4 Personal Hygiene Water Temperature [V2 6044]

Potable water for personal hygiene shall be at a temperature between 29.4 C (85 F) and 46.1 C (115 F). Rationale: This temperature range supports comfortable body cleansing. 6.3.4.5 Medical Water Temperature [V2 6045]

Potable water for medical events shall be at a temperature between 18 C (64.4 F) and 28 C (82.4 F). Rationale: The temperature range is required to prevent thermal injury to the tissues during irrigation. 6.3.5 Water Quality Monitoring [V2 6046]

Water quality monitoring capability shall include pre-flight sampling and analysis, in-flight, and post-flight sampling and analysis. Rationale: Rigorous ground processing with pre-flight water sampling and contamination assessment prevents in-flight water quality problems and thus minimizes the need for in-flight APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 40 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
contamination monitoring and remediation of any water quality parameters that are out of specification. In-flight sampling capability supports real-time contaminant monitoring and remediation of stored or regenerated water systems as needed for long-duration missions. Ground-based quality analyses of in-flight and post-landing samples provide a record of crew exposures and are used to determine follow-on ground processing steps. 6.4 Contamination

The system interior atmosphere, water, or surfaces can become contaminated from multiple inflight sources during operations, including material offgassing, payloads, other vehicles, crew, and planetary environments. Accordingly, only those chemicals that, if released into the habitable volume, do not decompose into hazardous compounds and would not threaten human health are to be used within the spacecraft. 6.4.1 6.4.1.1 Toxic Chemicals Toxic Hazard Level Three [V2 6047]

The system shall use only chemicals that are Toxic Hazard Level Three or below, as defined in JSC 26895, Guidelines for Assessing the Toxic Hazard of Spacecraft Chemicals and Test Materials, in the habitable volume of the spacecraft. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is not to limit or restrict the use of materials, e.g., paints, that have the potential of outgassing Toxic Hazard Level Three compounds. Rather, the intent is that when such materials are used in the habitable volume of a system, they be controlled in accordance with JSC 20584. Furthermore, Toxic Hazard Level Three and below compounds could pose an immediate risk to human health; therefore, supplies for crew protection and spill containment are to be provided. This would allow for crewmembers to clean contaminated surfaces and atmospheres of Toxic Hazard Level Three and below compounds. In addition to the supplies needed to respond to a spill, the system itself needs to be capable of controlling the contamination below the SMAC limits defined in section 6.4.2, Atmosphere Contamination Limit Airborne Contaminants [V2 6050], of this Standard. However, should a Toxic Hazard Level Three compound be deemed out of control and unable to be cleaned or contained, then the substance is elevated to Toxic Hazard Level Four and treated as such. 6.4.1.2 Toxic Hazard Level Four [V2 6048]

The system shall prevent Toxic Hazard Level Four chemicals, as defined in JSC 26895, from entering the habitable volume of the spacecraft. Rationale: Toxic Hazard Level Four compounds cannot be cleaned up by the crew and pose a risk of permanent injury or worse. Release requires that unprotected crew evacuate the module and wait until the Atmosphere Revitalization System scrubs the toxic material.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 41 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.4.1.3 Chemical Decomposition [V2 6049]

The system shall use only chemicals that, if released into the habitable volume, do not decompose into hazardous compounds that would threaten health during any phase of operations. Rationale: Only a few compounds have been shown to decompose into hazardous compounds during nominal Atmosphere Revitalization System operations on the Space Shuttle, but these compounds could present a toxic threat if the amount of the compound involved is sufficient and the product compound is hazardous. 6.4.2 Atmosphere Contamination Limit Airborne Contaminants [V2 6050]

The system shall limit airborne contaminants to the levels specified in the SMAC tables found in current JSC 20584. Rationale: Exposure limits for expected airborne contaminants in space flight are to be defined to protect crewmembers from illness and injury. The SMACs provide guidance for short-term (1 and 24 hour), medium-term (7 and 30 days), and long-term (180 days) exposure of these contaminants. The SMACs take into account several unique factors of human space flight missions, including the stress on human physiology, the uniform good health of astronauts, and the absence of pregnant or very young individuals. 6.4.3 Water Contamination Control [V2 6051]

The system shall be capable of preventing contamination from microbial, atmospheric (including dust), chemical, and non-potable water sources to ensure that potable and hygiene water are provided. Rationale: While ensuring the delivery of potable water to crewmembers on orbit is important, contamination from sources within the delivery system or from the environment is also possible. 6.4.4 Particulate Contamination Control

Note: For contamination, units of measure are expressed in metric units only in the sections that follow. 6.4.4.1 Particulate Matter [V2 6052]

For missions longer than 14 days, the system shall limit the concentration in the cabin atmosphere of particulate matter ranging from 0.5 m to 10 m (respirable fraction) in aerodynamic diameter to <1 mg/m3 and 10 m to 100 m to <3 mg/m3. Rationale: These values are one-fifth and one-third the ACGIH values for nuisance dusts, which is the best analog for the ordinary dust present in spacecraft. This does not include reactive dust, e.g., LiOH, or extraterrestrial dust. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 42 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

6.4.4.2

Lunar Dust Contamination [V2 6053]

The system shall limit the levels of lunar dust contaminant of less than 10 m and equal to or greater than 0.1 m size in the internal atmosphere below 0.05 mg/m3. Rationale: Lunar dust poses a hazard in addition to that from ordinary particulates. This limit is based on a minimum currently expected permissible limit, as estimated by the Lunar Atmosphere Dust Toxicity Assessment Group (LADTAG) in 2007, and may change after the completion of ongoing lunar dust toxicity studies. 6.4.5 6.4.5.1 Microbial Contamination Prevention Fungal Contamination [V2 6054]

The system shall limit the levels of fungal contaminants in the internal atmosphere below 100 CFU/m3 during nominal systems operations. Rationale: Fungal limits are necessary to prevent infection and are consistent with those defined in SSP 50260. 6.4.5.2 Bacterial Contamination [V2 6055]

The system shall limit the levels of bacterial contaminants in the internal atmosphere below 1000 CFU/m3 during nominal systems operations. Rationale: Bacterial limits are necessary to prevent infection and are consistent with those defined in SSP 50260. 6.4.5.3 Surface Cleanability [V2 6056]

System interior surfaces shall be compatible for cleaning of microbial contamination to a level of 500 CFU per 100 cm2 or fewer bacteria and to a level of 10 CFU per 100 cm2 or fewer fungi. Rationale: These limits are intended to ensure that bacterial and fungal contamination on spacecraft internal surfaces can be removed to mitigate the risk of such contamination to the crew. These limits have been documented in SSP 50260. Internal surfaces can become dirtied during normal day-to-day use. This requirement ensures that the dirtied surface is capable of being cleaned, thus precluding an unsafe or unhealthy condition. 6.4.5.4 Surface Cleanliness during Systems Operations [V2 6057]

The system shall limit the levels of microbial contamination to a level of 500 CFU per 100 cm2 or fewer bacteria and to a level of 10 CFU per 100 cm2 or fewer fungi during system operations. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 43 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: These limits are intended to ensure that bacterial and fungal contamination on spacecraft internal surfaces can be removed to mitigate the risk of such contamination to the crew. These limits have been documented in SSP 50260. 6.4.5.5 Condensation Limitation [V2 6058]

The system shall prevent condensation persistence on surfaces within the internal volume. Rationale: The presence of free water in the internal volume can promote the growth of microbial organisms, which poses a hazard to human health. The system is to provide controls and mitigation steps to prevent the formation of condensate on internal surfaces for a length of time, thus preventing microbial growth to unacceptable levels. Initial microbial concentration, the probable types of organisms, the porosity of the surface materials, and exposure can affect the acceptable persistence of the condensate based upon crew health risk mitigation. For example, current ISS requirements provide some flexibility in allowable condensate persistence for areas determined to have minimal crew health risk. 6.4.5.6 Microbial Air Contamination Prevention [V2 6059]

The system shall limit the levels of microbial contaminants by maintaining a continuous flow of air that has been cleaned to have at least 99.97 percent of airborne particles 0.3 m in diameter removed. Rationale: Microbial limits for breathing air are designed to prevent infection and allergic response. The specific air flow rates are dependent on the vehicle design and expected operations. This design requirement is based upon industrial hygiene recommendations for similar environments (ANSI/ASHRAE-62, Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality) for the purpose of meeting air contamination operational requirements. To provide clean air, ISS air systems have relied on High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter design, which has performed exceptionally well in controlling atmospheric microbial concentrations. 6.4.5.7 Biological Payloads [V2 6060]

Biological payloads shall meet the criteria defined by the JSC Biosafety Review Board guidelines contained in JSC 63828, Biosafety Review Board Operations and Requirements Document. Rationale: Biohazardous agents, which include bacteria, fungi, protozoa, viruses, cell cultures, and recombinant deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), may be infectious and result in disease or contamination of water and food supplies or the internal environment. Payloads that contain biohazardous materials are to ensure that these materials are properly contained, handled, and discarded. JSC 63828 establishes requirements for the identification and assessment of biohazardous materials used in payload or ground-based experiments.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 44 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.4.6 Cross-Contamination [V2 6061]

The system shall control cross-contamination between crew, payloads, e.g., animals and plants, and planetary environments to acceptable levels in accordance with JSC 63828. Rationale: Contamination from payloads and planetary environments to crewmembers can negatively affect crew health; contamination from crewmembers and planetary environments to payloads can affect scientific data; contamination from crewmembers and payloads to planetary environments may impact the health of the planetary environment, including possible microscopic life forms on the surface. 6.4.7 Availability of Environmental Hazards Information [V2 6062]

The system shall provide toxicological and environmental hazard information in formats accessible by the crew throughout the mission. Rationale: In case of accidental contact with hazardous materials during a mission, crew access to hazard information, e.g., Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs), is necessary to determine methods of cleanup and exposure treatment. 6.4.8 Contamination Cleanup [V2 6063]

The system shall provide a means to remove released contaminants and to return the environment to a safe condition. Rationale: In the event of a contamination event, contaminants are to be removed or reduced from the environment to ensure the crews health and ability to continue the mission. In some cases, such as a spill, vehicle systems may be unable to remove the contaminant, and the crewmembers will have to perform the cleanup themselves. Cleanup of a contamination includes the control and disposition of the contamination. 6.5 Acceleration

Exceeding acceleration limits can significantly impair human performance and cause injury, thereby threatening mission success and crew survival. 6.5.1 Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits [V2 6064]

The system shall limit the magnitude, direction, and duration of crew exposure to sustained (>0.5 seconds) translational acceleration by staying below the limits in figure 2, +Gx Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits; figure 3, -Gx Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits; figure 4, +Gz Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits; figure 5, -Gz Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits; and figure 6, Gy Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 45 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: The limits in these figures represent safe levels of sustained translational acceleration under nominal and off-nominal conditions. Exposure to acceleration above these limits could significantly affect human performance for maneuvering and interacting with a spacecraft. The limits for return to Earth are lower than launch limits because crewmembers could have degraded capabilities because of deconditioning from exposure to reduced gravity. For the extreme conditions of a launch abort or emergency entry, limits are higher because it may be necessary to expose the crew to accelerations more severe than those experienced nominally. Humans are never to be exposed to translational acceleration rates greater than these elevated limits, as this significantly increases the risk of incapacitation, thereby threatening crew survival. In using figures 2 through 6, the acceleration vectors are relative to the axis of the upper body, particularly with a focus on a line running from the eye to the heart. However, the acceleration limit charts do not account for all body types or temporary offaxis accelerations or body positions. This is why the limits are set conservatively. Therefore, brief excursions past the limits in one axis should be reviewed and may be found to be acceptable.

+Gx
100

Eyeballs In
Limit for Abort or Emergency Entry Limit for Launch to Mission Destination Limit for Earth Return

Acceleration (g's)

10

4 sustained

1 0.1 1 10 Duration (sec) 100 1000

Duration (sec) Return Acceleration (g) Duration (sec) Launch Acceleration (g) Duration (sec) Emergency Acceleration (g)

0.5 14 0.5 19 0.5 38

Data for Curves 10 30 50 10 8 6.3 5 300 16 7.5 120 300 1200 8.8 7.5 5

90 5

120 4.3

150 4

10000 4

Figure 2 +Gx Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 46 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
-Gx
100

Eyeballs Out
Limit for Abort or Emergency Entry Limit for Launch to Mission Destination Limit for Return to Earth

Acceleration (g's)

10

4 sustained

1 0.1 1 10 Duration (sec) 100 1000

Return Launch Emergency

Duration (sec) Acceleration (g) Duration (sec) Acceleration (g) Duration (sec) Acceleration (g)

Data for Curves 0.5 10 30 13.5 8 6 0.5 5 120 22 15 6 0.5 120 300 29 7.7 6.2

50 4.7 400 4 1200 4.3

90 4.05

100 4

100 4

10000 4

Figure 3 -Gx Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 47 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

+Gz
100

Eyeballs Down
Limit for Abort or Emergency Entry Limit for Launch to Mission Destination Limit for Return to Earth

Acceleration (g's)

10

sustained 0.5

0.1 0.1 1 10 Duration (sec) 100 1000

Return Launch Emergency

Duration (sec) Acceleration (g) Duration (sec) Acceleration (g) Duration (sec) Acceleration (g)

Data for Curves 0.5 15 30 2 1.25 1 0.5 5 1200 8.3 6.4 4 0.5 120 1200 17 6 3.8

50 0.8

80 0.68

100 0.6

120 0.5

10000 0.5

Figure 4 +Gz Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 48 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
-Gz
10

Eyeballs Up

Acceleration (g's)

sustained 0.5

Limit for Abort or Emergency Entry Limit for Launch to Mission Destination Limit for Return to Earth 0.1 0.1 1 10 Duration (sec) 100 1000

Return Launch Emergency

Duration (sec) Acceleration (g) Duration (sec) Acceleration (g) Duration (sec) Acceleration (g)

Data for Curves 0.5 10 30 2 1.8 1.2 0.5 5 60 6 3.8 2.2 0.5 120 1200 6.5 2.3 1.6

50 0.8 1200 1

80 0.55

100 0.5

120 0.5

10000 0.5

Figure 5 -Gz Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 49 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
+/-Gy
10

Acceleration (g's)

sustained
1

Limit for Abort or Emergency Entry Limit for Launch to Mission Destination Limit for Return to Earth 0.1 0.1 1 10 Duration (sec) 100 1000

Return Launch Emergency

Data for Curves Duration (sec) 0.5 Acceleration (g) 2 Duration (sec) 0.5 Acceleration (g) 3 Duration (sec) 0.5 Acceleration (g) 5

100 1 1000 2 1000 2

10000 1 1000 2 1000 2

Figure 6 Gy Sustained Translational Acceleration Limits 6.5.2 6.5.2.1 Rotation Limits Rotational Velocity [V2 6065]

The system shall limit crew exposure to rotational velocities in yaw, pitch, and roll by staying below the limits specified in figure 7, Rotational Velocity Limits. Rationale: The limits in this figure represent safe levels of sustained rotational acceleration for crewmembers under nominal and off-nominal conditions. Exposure to rotational acceleration above these limits could significantly affect human performance for maneuvering and interacting with a spacecraft. The limits for return to Earth are lower than launch limits because crewmembers could have degraded capabilities because of deconditioning from exposure to reduced gravity. For the extreme conditions of a launch abort or emergency entry, limits are higher because it may be necessary to expose the crew to accelerations more severe than those experienced nominally. Humans are never to be exposed to rotational acceleration rates greater than these elevated limits as this significantly increases the risk of incapacitation, thereby threatening crew survival. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 50 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

1000 Limit for Abort or Emergency Entry Limit for Launch to Mission Destination Limit for Return to Earth 100 Rotation Rate (rpm)

10

0.1 0.1 1 10 Duration (sec) 100 1000

Return Launch Emergency

Data for Curves Duration (sec) 0.5 Rotation Rate (rpm) 47 Duration (sec) 0.5 Rotation Rate (rpm) 63 Duration (sec) 0.5 Rotation Rate (rpm) 129

1 37.5 1 50 1 120

700 4.5 700 6 700 60

Figure 7Rotational Velocity Limits 6.5.2.2 Sustained Rotational Acceleration [V2 6066]

The system shall prevent the crew from being exposed to sustained (>0.5 seconds) rotational accelerations greater than 115 deg/s2 in yaw, pitch, or roll. Rationale: Crewmembers are not expected to be able to tolerate sustained rotational accelerations in excess of 115 deg/s2 without significant discomfort and disorientation. Examples include, but are not limited to, uncontrolled jet firing, launch, or entry. 6.5.2.3 Transient Rotational Acceleration [V2 6067]

The system shall limit transient (<0.5 seconds) rotational accelerations in yaw, pitch, or roll to which the crew is exposed. Rationale: Crewmembers are not expected to be able to tolerate sustained rotational accelerations in excess of 1,800 deg/s2 without significant injury. This could occur as a result of an impact, whereby brief, high-magnitude rotational accelerations are imparted to the crew. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 51 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.5.3 6.5.3.1 Transient Linear Acceleration Change Rate Limits Acceleration Rate of Change [V2 6068]

The system shall limit crew exposure to acceleration rates of change larger than 500 g/s during any sustained (>0.5 seconds) acceleration event. Rationale: Acceleration onset rates greater than 500 g/s significantly increase the risk of incapacitation, thereby threatening crew survival. 6.5.3.2 Acceleration Injury Prevention [V2 6069]

The system shall prevent injury to crewmembers caused by accelerations during dynamic mission phases. Rationale: During dynamic flight phases, there is potential for impact and flail injury, which includes crewmember extremities impacting vehicular surfaces or objects, hyperextending, hyperflexing, hyper-rotating, fracturing, or dislocating if proper restraints and supports are not used. Features such as harnesses, form-fitting seats, and tethers may help maintain the proper position of the crewmember's body and limbs to reduce movement or contact with vehicle surfaces that would produce injury. In addition, the design of spacesuits may contribute to reducing injury to the crew. Preventing the inadvertent contact of extremities with vehicular structure or interior components significantly reduces the likelihood of limb fracture or soft tissue injury during a dynamic flight event. Extremity guards, tethers, garters, and hand holds have been used to reduce injury in other spacecraft, aircraft, and automotive vehicles. 6.5.3.3 Injury Risk Criterion [V2 6070]

The system shall limit the injury risk criterion () to no greater than 1.0 per the Brinkley Dynamic Response model (AGARD-CP-472, Development of Acceleration Exposure Limits for Advanced Escape Systems). Rationale: The Brinkley Dynamic Response model will provide an injury risk assessment during dynamic phases of flight for accelerations <0.5 seconds. Application of this model assumes that the crew will be similarly restrained during all events where the Brinkley model is applied. Human tolerance for injury risk limits for development of space vehicles that are based on human volunteer impact test data and operational emergency escape system experience, such as the Brinkley criterion, have been adjusted for landing impact after re-entry considering existing knowledge of the physical and physiological deconditioning related to long-term exposure to the microgravity of space. The vast experience in human testing of aircraft ejection seats and operational experience with emergency escape systems have enabled the highest fidelity for injury prediction, using the Brinkley model in the Gz axis. Although the maximum allowable Brinkley value is 1.0 for any given level of risk, the vehicle occupant protection system design is to strive to achieve values as low as reasonably achievable for as many of the landing conditions and scenarios as possible. The criteria include dynamic response limits that have APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 52 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
been established for varying probabilities of injury. This model may be used primarily for landing scenarios, but it is applicable for all dynamic phases of flight for accelerations less than 0.5 seconds. Application of the Brinkley Dynamic Response model is described in NASA/TM2008-215198, The Use of a Vehicle Acceleration Exposure Limit Model and a Finite Element Crash Test Dummy Model to Evaluate the Risk of Injuries during Orion Crew Module Landings. Structural failure may present an occupant protection hazard through impinging upon occupant volume in such a way as to injure crewmembers. 6.6 Acoustics

This section establishes requirements to ensure an acceptable acoustic environment to preclude noise-related hearing loss and interference with communications and to support human performance. For specifications on using sound to relay information, see section 10.3.4, Audio Displays, in this Standard. 6.6.1 6.6.1.1 Acoustic Plan and Verification Acoustic Noise Control Plan [V2 6071]

An acoustic noise control plan shall be established and implemented; this plan defines all efforts and documents the analysis and data that are needed to ensure compliance with acoustic requirements at the system level, including effects of all significant noise sources, noise controls, and reverberations. Rationale: To ensure that an integrated vehicle (including suit systems) meets the acoustic limits, it is necessary to develop an acoustic noise control plan that establishes the overall noise control strategy, acoustic limit allocations, acoustic testing, analyses, remedial action steps, schedule, and follow-up activities. This plan needs to be initially released early in the design cycle and then updated as new data and design information become available. The included acoustic limit allocations would define a set of allocated and sub-allocated acoustic limits for systems, subsystems, and hardware components so that the total contributions of all hardware will result in compliance with this Standard. Previous space flight experience has shown that without such a plan, it is difficult to develop an integrated system that can meet acoustic limits. 6.6.1.2 Acoustic Requirement Verifications [V2 6072]

Acoustic requirement verifications shall be by test of the actual flight hardware. Rationale: The following are some of the reasons for this: (1) the difficulty and errors that can be made in modeling the acoustic environment of a complex vehicle with several noise sources and propagation paths; (2) the changes in the acoustic levels that can occur with small design changes or even with different part numbers of the same design, such as with fans; (3) and the importance of protecting crewmembers hearing.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 53 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.6.2 6.6.2.1 Acoustic Limits Launch, Entry, and Abort Noise Exposure Limits [V2 6073]

During launch, entry, and abort operations, the noise exposure level (not including impulse noise) at the crewmember's ear, calculated over any 24-hour period, shall be limited such that the noise dose (D) is 100:
D = 100 Cn , n =1 Tn
N

(Eq.1)

where: N = the number of noise exposure events during the 24-hour period Cn = the actual duration of the exposure event in minutes Tn = the maximum noise exposure duration allowed, based on the specific sound level (Ln) of an exposure event in dBA, calculated using the following equation:
Tn = 480 2
( L n 85 ) / 3

(Eq. 2)

Rationale: A noise dose of D =100 is equivalent to an 8-hour, 85-dBA time-weighted average (TWA) using a 3-dB exchange rate. Equivalent noise exposure levels above 85 dBA for more than 8 hours have been shown to increase the risk of noise-induced hearing loss. The above formulae can be used to calculate the 24-hour noise exposure levels based on the 8-hour 85-dBA criterion recommended by National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), using the 3-dB trading rule. The noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may be used to satisfy this requirement. Any planned use of hearing protection to satisfy this requirement is to be well documented and approved. Requirements established to meet this requirement are to be included in an acoustic noise control plan, specified in section 6.6.1.1, Acoustic Noise Control Plan [V2 6071], in this Standard. The acoustic noise control plan allocates noise levels to individual components and is maintained to ensure that the total system meets the levels defined in this Standard. 6.6.2.2 Hazardous Noise Level for Launch and Entry [V2 6074]

During launch and entry operations, the system shall limit the combined A-weighted sound levels (not including impulse noise) at the crewmembers ears to a maximum of 105 dBA. Rationale: Noise levels above 115 dBA have been shown to produce noise-induced hearing loss. In cases where audio communications are required, e.g., launch, entry, a 105-dBA limit is recommended to allow 10 dB of headroom for alarms and voice communications. The noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may be used to satisfy this requirement. Any planned use of hearing protection to satisfy this requirement is to be well documented and approved. Requirements established to meet section 6.6.2.2, Hazardous Noise Level for Launch and Entry [V2 6074], in this Standard are to be included in a noise APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 54 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
control plan specified in section 6.6.1.1, Acoustic Noise Control Plan [V2 6071], in this Standard. 6.6.2.3 Hazardous Noise Level for Launch Abort [V2 6075]

During launch abort operations, the system shall limit the combined A-weighted sound levels (not including impulse noise) at the crewmembers ears to a maximum of 115 dBA. Rationale: Noise levels above 115 dBA have been shown to produce noise-induced hearing loss. In cases where no audio communications are required, e.g., during abort operations, there is no need to allow 10 dB of headroom for alarms and voice communications. The noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may be used to satisfy this requirement. Any planned use of hearing protection to satisfy this requirement is to be well documented and approved. 6.6.2.4 Launch, Entry, and Abort Impulse Noise Limits [V2 6076]

During launch, entry, and abort operations, impulse noise measured at the crewmembers ear location shall be limited to less than 140-dB peak sound pressure level (SPL). Rationale: A limit of 140-dB peak SPL for impulse noise prevents trauma to the hearing organs caused by impulse noise (MIL-STD-1474D, Department of Defense Design Criteria Standard, Noise Limits). The noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may be used to satisfy this requirement. Any planned use of hearing protection to satisfy this requirement is to be well documented and approved. Requirements established to meet section 6.6.2.4, Launch, Entry, and Abort Noise Limits [V2 6076], in this Standard are to be included in an acoustic noise control plan specified in section 6.6.1.1, Acoustic Noise Control Plan [V2 6071], in this Standard. 6.6.2.5 Hazardous Noise Limits for All Phases Except Launch, Entry, and Abort [V2 6077] For operations during nominal on-orbit, lunar, or extraterrestrial planetary operations, the Aweighted sound level (excluding impulse noise and alarm signals) shall be limited to 85 dBA, regardless of time duration; the noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may not be used to satisfy this requirement. Rationale: The 85-dBA overall SPL defines the hazardous noise limit at which action to reduce the noise level is to be taken so that interference with voice communications and alarms, as well as increased risk for hearing loss, does not occur. This is to help ensure that the habitable environment is safe. This is not intended for nominal hardware emissions but to limit the sound level of sources such as communications systems and levels that occur during maintenance activities. 6.6.2.6 Continuous Noise Limits [V2 6078] APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 55 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

In spacecraft work areas, where good voice communications and habitability are required, SPLs of continuous noise (not including impulse noise) shall be limited to the values given by the Noise Criterion (NC)-50 curve in figure 8, NC Curves, and table 4, Octave Band SPL limits for Continuous Noise, dB re 20 Pa; the noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may not be used to satisfy this requirement. Rationale: NC-50 limits noise levels within the crew-habitable volume to allow adequate voice communications and habitability during mission operations. The noise limit at 16 kHz does not appear in figure 8 but is given in table 4. SPLs for continuous noise do not apply to alarms, communications, or noise experienced during maintenance activities.

90

80 Octave Band Sound Pressure Level, dB re 20 Pa


NC-70

77

70
NC-60

67

70

60
NC-50

58

60

50

49 NC-40 40 NC-30 31

51

40

41

31

30
Approximate threshold of hearing for continuous noise

NC-20 21

20

10

0 63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k A- SIL(4) wtd. SPL

Octave Band Center Frequency, Hz

Figure 8NC Curves


Note: Corresponding A-weighted SPLs and speech interference levels (SILs) are given for reference only (Beranek and Ver. 1992). SIL (4) is Speech Interference Level, 4-band method.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 56 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Table 4Octave Band SPL Limits for Continuous Noise, dB re 20 Pa
Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz) Work Areas Maximum (NC-50) Sleep Areas Maximum (NC-40)
63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k 16 k NC

71

64

58

54

51

49

48

47

46

50

64

56

50

45

41

39

38

37

36

40

6.6.2.7

Crew Sleep Continuous Noise Limits [V2 6079]

For crew quarters and sleep areas, SPLs of continuous noise shall be limited to the values given by the NC-40 curve (figure 8 and table 4). Rationale: For a crewmember to relax the auditory system, a quiet environment is to be provided during crew sleep; the NC-40 limit provides adequate auditory rest. The noise limit at 16 kHz does not appear in figure 8 but is given in table 4. 6.6.2.8 Intermittent Noise Limits [V2 6080]

For hardware items that operate for 8 hours or less (generating intermittent noise), the maximum noise emissions (not including impulse noise), measured 0.6 m from the loudest hardware surface, shall be determined according to table 5, Intermittent Noise A-Weighted SPL and Corresponding Operational Duration Limits for any 24-hour Period (measured at 6-m distance from the source); the noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may not be used to satisfy this requirement. Rationale: Table 5 limits crew exposure to intermittent noise levels of hardware items that are inherently noisy but that operate for short time periods. Intermittent sources can result in unacceptable noise levels, add to the overall crew noise exposure, impede communications, and cause disruption in crew rest/sleep.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 57 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Table 5Intermittent Noise A-Weighted SPL and Corresponding Operational Duration Limits for any 24-Hour Period (measured at 0.6-m distance from the source)
Maximum Noise Duration per 24-hr Period 8 hr 7 hr 6 hr 5 hr 4.5 hr 4 hr 3.5 hr 3 hr 2.5 hr 2 hr 1.5 hr 1 hr 30 min 15 min 5 min 2 min 1 min Not allowed * Sound Pressure Level (dBA re 20 Pa) 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 57 58 60 62 65 69 72 76 78 79 80

* To leave a margin from the 85-dBA nominal hazardous noise limit 6.6.2.9 Narrow-Band Noise Limits [V2 6081]

The maximum alarm signal A-weighted sound level shall not exceed 95 dBA at the operating position of the intended receiver. Rationale: This allows alarm sound levels to exceed the 85-dBA hazard limit because of the need for alarm audibility. Also, alarms can be silenced at the crews discretion. 6.6.2.10 Impulse Annoyance Limit [V2 6082]

With the exception of communications and alarms, the system shall limit impulse noise levels at the crewmembers head location to 10 dB above background noise levels during crew sleep periods. Rationale: Impulse noise is to be limited to less than 10 dB above the background noise to avoid waking crewmembers who are sleeping. Communications and alarms are not subject to this requirement.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 58 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.6.2.11 Impulse Noise Limit [V2 6083]

The system shall limit impulse noise measured at the crewmembers head location to less than 140 dB peak SPL during all mission phases except launch and entry; the noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may not be used to satisfy this requirement. Rationale: A limit of 140-dB peak SPL for impulse noise prevents acoustic trauma (MIL-STD1474D). 6.6.2.12 Narrow-Band Noise Limits [V2 6084]

The maximum SPL of narrow-band noise components and tones shall be limited to at least 10 dB less than the broadband SPL of the octave band that contains the component or tone. Rationale: Narrow-band noise component and tone levels should be limited to 10 dB below the broadband level to prevent irritating and distracting noise conditions, which could affect crew performance. 6.6.2.13 Infrasonic Sound Pressure Limits [V2 6085]

Infrasonic SPLs, including frequencies from 1 to 20 Hz but not including impulse noise, shall be limited to less than 150 dB at the crewmembers head location; the noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may not be used to satisfy this requirement. Rationale: The 150-dB limit for infrasonic noise levels in the frequency range from 1 to 20 Hz provides for health and well-being effects. (Refer to ACGIH, Threshold Level Values (TLVs), Infrasound and Low-Frequency Sound, 2001.) 6.6.2.14 Ultrasonic Noise Limits [V2 6086]

Levels of ultrasonic noise shall be limited to the values given in table 6, Ultrasonic Noise Limits Given in One-Third Octave Band SPLs. Rationale: Ultrasonic noise may have little effect on general health unless the body has direct contact with the radiating ultrasonic source. These limits are designed to prevent possible hearing loss caused by exposure to ultrasonic noise plus the sub-harmonics of the set frequencies, rather than the ultrasonic sound itself.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 59 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Table 6Ultrasonic Noise Limits Given in One-Third Octave Band SPLs
Limits (one-third octave band SPL (dB)) One-third Octave Band Center Frequency (kHz)
10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 63 80 100

Not to Exceed
105 105 105 105 110 115 115 115 115 115 115

8-hr TWA
89 89 92 94 -

6.6.3 6.6.3.1

Acoustic Monitoring Acoustic Monitoring [V2 6087]

Broadband and frequency-dependent SPLs shall be monitored and quantified as needed for crew health and safety. Rationale: Acoustic monitoring is needed to ensure that sound levels during the mission are below established limits for crew health and performance. Periodically on ISS, the crew uses sound level meters and acoustic dosimeters to monitor their environment. 6.6.3.2 Individual Exposure Monitoring [V2 6088]

Noise exposure levels shall be monitored and quantified for each crewmember as needed for crew health and safety. Rationale: To protect the crew from excessive noise exposure, the noise exposure experienced by the crew is to be understood. Understanding of noise exposure is critical to the protection of crew hearing and helps determine the degree of remedial actions, including moving to a different environment, hardware shutdown, or proper implementation of countermeasures. Periodically on ISS, the crew uses sound level meters and acoustic dosimeters to monitor their environment. 6.7 Vibration

Limiting crew exposure to vibration is important for mission success. Excessive vibration can cause injury, fatigue, discomfort, vision degradation, and reduced fine motor control. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 60 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

6.7.1 6.7.1.1

Whole Body Vibration Vibration during Pre-Flight [V2 6089]

The system shall limit vibration to the crew such that the frequency-weighted acceleration between 0.1 to 0.5 Hz in each of the X, Y, and Z axes is less than 0.05 g (0.5 m/s2) RMS for each 10-minute interval during pre-launch (when calculated in accordance with ISO 2631-1: 1997, Mechanical vibration and shock - Evaluation of human exposure to whole-body vibration - Part 1: General requirements. Annex D, Equation D-1). Rationale: Low-frequency vibration, especially in the range between 0.1 and 0.5 Hz, has the potential to cause motion sickness over relatively short exposure periods. This may be encountered while the crew is in the vehicle during the pre-launch period, given that a tall vehicle stack may be susceptible to back-and-forth sway. Reducing the amount of sway will prevent the onset of motion sickness during the pre-launch phase. According to ISO2631-1: 1997, Annex D, the percentage of unadapted adults who may vomit is equal to 1.3 motion sickness dose value. The value 0.05 g weighted RMS acceleration indicates that approximately 17 percent or 1 out of 6 crewmembers may vomit. Although ISO 2631-1:1997 limits the acceleration measurement for assessing motion sickness to the vertical direction, this is based on the assumption that the human is in the seated upright posture. Since occupants of a vehicle are likely to be in the semi-supine posture, the requirement is applied to all three orthogonal axes (X, Y, and Z). The purpose of the 10-minute integration time is to constrain the deviations around the permitted average sway during a 2-hour pre-launch period. 6.7.1.2 Vibration Exposures under 10 Minutes [V2 6090]

The system shall limit vibration to the crew such that the vectorial sum of the X, Y, and Z accelerations between 0.5 and 80 Hz, weighted in accordance with ISO 2631-1:1997(E), is less than or equal to the levels and durations in table 7, Frequency-Weighted Vibration Limits by Exposure Time during Dynamic Phases of Flight, during dynamic phases of flight. Rationale: Although there are limited data on the effects of high levels of vibration on health, especially during concurrent hypergravity acceleration, i.e., >1-g bias), internal organs and tissue structures may be damaged if the vibration amplitude over these time durations is exceeded. This duration (under 10 minutes) brackets the vibration period during ascent and return. Table 7Frequency-Weighted Vibration Limits by Exposure Time during Dynamic Phases of Flight
Maximum Vibration Exposure Duration per 24-hr Period 10 min 1 min Maximum FrequencyWeighted Acceleration 3.9 m/s2 RMS (0.4 g RMS) 5.9 m/s2 RMS (0.6 g RMS)

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 61 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.7.1.3 Long-Duration Vibration Exposure Limits for Health during Non-Sleep Phases of Mission [V2 6091] The system shall limit vibration to the crew such that the vectorial sum of the X, Y, and Z frequency-weighted accelerations, as computed according to ISO 2631-1:1997(E), do not exceed the minimum health guidance caution zone level defined by figure B.1 in ISO 2631-1:1997(E), Annex B. Rationale: Biodynamic and epidemiological research provides evidence of elevated health risk related to long-term exposure to high-intensity whole-body vibration. According to ISO 26311:1997(E) Annex B.3.1, [f]or exposures below the [health guidance caution] zone, health effects have not been clearly documented and/or objectively observed. 6.7.1.4 Vibration Exposure Limits during Sleep [V2 6092]

The system shall limit vibration to the crew such that the acceleration between 1.0 and 80 Hz in each of the X, Y, and Z axes, weighted in accordance with ISO 6954:2000(E), Mechanical vibration Guidelines for the measurement, reporting and evaluation of vibration with regard to habitability on passenger and merchant ships, Annex A, is less than 0.01 g (0.1 m/s2) RMS for each 2-minute interval during the crew sleep period. Rationale: For long-duration exposure (~8 hours), smaller vibrations to which the crew is exposed can adversely affect crew sleep. ISO 6954:2000 provides vibration exposure guidelines for sleep area habitability onboard passenger and merchant ships and reflects the occupant perception of the vibration in these areas. ISO 6954:2000, Section 7, states that vibration of 0.01 g (0.1 m/s2)RMS or lower for crew accommodation areas in ships is not likely to draw adverse comments from occupants. 6.7.1.5 Vibration Limits for Performance [V2 6093]

Crew task performance shall not be degraded by vibration. Rationale: Tasks and associated equipment should be designed to avoid unacceptable performance degradation during periods of vibration. Thus, while vibration limits may depend on the specific task, specific tasks may be selected or designed to accommodate the associated vibration level. Performance criteria need to be established for tasks and then an assessment made for the impact of vibration on performance. The level and fidelity of assessment will depend on the criticality of the task. 6.7.2 Hand Vibration [V2 6094]

The system, including tools, equipment, and processes, shall limit vibration to the crewmembers hands such that the accelerations, as computed according to ANSI S2.70-2006, Guide for the Measurement and Evaluation of Human Exposure to Vibration Transmitted to the Hand, do not exceed the Daily Exposure Action Value defined by ANSI S2.70-2006, Annex A, Figure A.1. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 62 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Rationale: In accordance with ANSI S2.70-2006, Annex A.1.1, the Daily Exposure Action Value delineates the health risk threshold defined as the dose of hand-transmitted vibration exposure sufficient to produce abnormal signs, symptoms, and laboratory findings in the vascular, bone or joint, neurological, or muscular systems of the hands and arms in some exposed individuals. 6.8 6.8.1 Radiation Ionizing Radiation

Crew occupational exposure to ionizing radiation is managed through system design, in-flight monitoring and procedures, mission architecture and planning, and the application of appropriate countermeasures. Space Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) are specified in NASA-STD-3001, Volume 1, and include age- and gender-dependent career cancer risks limits and dose limits for shortterm and career non-cancer effects. As defined in NASA-STD-3001, Volume 1, exposures are maintained as low as reasonably achievable (ALARA) to ensure astronauts do not approach radiation limits and that such limits are not considered as tolerance values. In practice, the application of the ALARA principle dictates that actions be taken during design and operational phases to manage and limit exposures to ionizing radiation. 6.8.1.1 Ionizing Radiation Protection Limit [V2 6095]

The program shall set system design requirements to prevent potential crewmembers from exceeding PELs as set forth in NASA-STD-3001, Volume 1. Rationale: The radiation design requirement is imposed to limit the risk of exposure-induced death (REID) and to prevent clinically significant health effects, including performance degradation, sickness, or death in flight as discussed in NASA-STD-3001, Volume 1. The mission scenario and prior crew exposure are to be considered for mission planning and allocation of system design limits across architectural elements, including EVA. The program is to consider the cumulative REID over several missions for individual astronauts in setting the design requirements. This allows experienced crewmembers to potentially support multiple missions; however, the minimum functionality of protection to the most restrictive career limit does not a priori allow unrestricted crew selection related to a crewmembers having prior radiation exposures. That is, previous exposures are to be taken into account during crew selection to ensure that career PELs are not violated. Examples of the various mission and crew selection scenarios are discussed in the HIDH. 6.8.1.2 Crew Age/Gender Definition for Design Requirements [V2 6096]

The program shall set an age- and gender-dependent baseline of crew makeup when setting radiation design requirements. Rationale: Career cancer risk limits are age- and gender-specific to account for latency effects and differences in tissue types, sensitivities, and life-spans between genders. In many mission APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 63 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
scenarios, the allocation of system design requirements is driven by a 95th percentile confidence of not exceeding career cancer limits for young females. Since the design requirements are derived based on an age- and gender-risk projection, the crew makeup is to be specified. Future reduction in the uncertainty of the REID determination may change this condition. 6.8.1.3 Design Approach [V2 6097]

The program shall design systems using the ALARA principle to limit crew radiation exposure. Rationale: The ALARA principle is a legal requirement intended to ensure astronaut safety. An important function of ALARA is to ensure that astronauts do not approach radiation limits and that such limits are not considered tolerance values. ALARA is a iterative process of integrating radiation protection into the design process, ensuring optimization of the design to afford the most protection possible, within other constraints of the vehicle systems. The protection from radiation exposure is ALARA when the expenditure of further resources would be unwarranted by the reduction in exposure that would be achieved. 6.8.1.4 Radiation Environments [V2 6098]

The program shall specify the radiation environments to be used in verifying the radiation design requirements. Rationale: The relevant space radiation environment is to be used in establishing system design requirements, vehicle design and development of all program architectural elements, and verification of requirements. System design requirements derived from the uncertainty in the calculation of cancer career risk limits are to specify the relevant radiation environment used in determining the requirement, since the 95-percent confidence interval depends upon the incident radiation field (solar particle event (SPE), galactic cosmic ray (GCR)) and amount of shielding provided. Relevant space radiation parameters include solar maximum and minimum conditions, energy spectra, or precise model inputs, assumptions, and model options. 6.8.1.5 Space Weather Monitoring [V2 6099]

The program shall set requirements specifying appropriate capabilities to be provided for realtime monitoring of space weather for characterization of the radiation environment and operational response by ground personnel and the crew. Rationale: Radiation protection for humans in space differs from that on Earth because of the distinct types of radiation, the small population of workers, and the remote location of astronauts during spaceflight. Radiation sources in space have distinct physical and biological damage properties compared to terrestrial radiation, and the spectrum and energy of concern for humans differs from that for electronics. Space weather can directly impact a broad portion of the space radiation environment on short and long time scales. Space weather conditions are to be known at all times during missions to allow for appropriate radiation protection planning. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 64 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.8.1.6 Ionizing Radiation Alerting [V2 6100]

The system shall include a method to alert all crewmembers when radiation levels exceed acceptable levels. Rationale: The data from charged particle monitoring are the fundamental environmental information required for radiation transport calculations and crew exposure evaluation. Given an accurately measured energy spectra incident on the vehicle during an SPE, detailed crew exposure can be evaluated. This limits the uncertainly of a single absorbed dose measurement in determining crew exposure from an SPE. The crew, at all times, is to be alerted to excessive fluence of particles. Should communications from the ground be interrupted or lost, the crew requires onboard warnings when the radiation environment crosses dangerous thresholds so that appropriate countermeasure actions can be taken. Varying user-defined thresholds may be set according to the radiation environmental conditions that may be encountered, depending on mission phase. The intent is for the vehicle data management system to provide the alerting functionality. 6.8.1.7 Ionizing Radiation Dose Monitoring [V2 6101]

To characterize and manage radiation exposures, the program shall provide methods for monitoring personal dose and dose equivalent exposure, ambient monitoring of particle fluence as a function of direction, energy, and elemental charge and monitoring of ambient dose and ambient dose equivalent. Rationale: These measurements are the primary means for controlling crew exposure during missions to ensure that short-term and career space PELs, as specified in NASA-STD-3001, Volume 1, are not exceeded. Tissue-equivalent micro-dosimeters have been used extensively for crew exposure monitoring in space for this purpose. There is a large set of data and calculations in the published literature that can be directly applied to crew exposure and risk determination, using tissue-equivalent micro-dosimeters. Passive area monitors provide a timeintegrated measure of the spatial distribution of exposure rates. The exposure rates change with stowage reconfigurations. Knowledge of the spatial distribution of exposure rate is necessary to identify areas that have a relatively high exposure rate, i.e., avoidance areas, and to reconstruct a crewmembers exposure in the event of lost or unusable personal dosimeter data. The data are used to track the crew exposure throughout the mission, as well as to provide positive indication of proper health and status of the absorbed dose instrument. Passive dosimeters collect data even during situations when power is lost to other instruments. Radiation data are vital for quantifying in-flight risks to the crew and for allowing mission operations to advise the crew on appropriate action in response to an SPE. For periods of time when the crew is not in communication with mission operations, the crew is to be able to ascertain the radiation conditions within the vehicle and take appropriate actions as required. The changes in the radiation environment that could cause additional crew exposure can occur in time periods as small as 1 to 5 minutes.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 65 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.8.2 Non-Ionizing Radiation

Sources of non-ionizing radiation are present in space flight applications, and exposure is potentially hazardous. Astronaut occupational exposure to non-ionizing radiation is managed through mission architecture, system design, procedures and planning, and application of appropriate countermeasures. This Standard classifies non-ionizing radiation into three categories: radio frequency (RF) radiation, lasers, and incoherent electromagnetic radiation. 6.8.2.1 RF Non-Ionizing Radiation Exposure Limits [V2 6102]

The system shall protect the crew from exposure to RF radiation to the limits stated in table 8, Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) to RF Electromagnetic Fields (modified from IEEE C95.1, lower tier), and shown graphically in figure 9, RF Electromagnetic Field Exposure Limits. Rationale: These limits were modified from IEEE C95.1, IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio-Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz Description, to remove an excessive factor of safety in the power density limit for general populations, including children. Design requirements are to cover exposure RF radiation for the duration of a mission. Limits are intended to establish exposure conditions for RF and microwave radiation to which it is believed that nearly all workers can be repeatedly exposed without injury. Table 8Maximum Permissible Exposure (MPE) to RF Electromagnetic Fields (modified from IEEE C95.1, lower tier)
Frequency Range (MHz) RMS Electric Field Strength (E)a (V/m)
614 823.8/M 823.8/M 27.5 27.5

RMS Magnetic Field Strength (H) a (A/m)


16.3/M 16.3/M 16.3/M 158.3/M1.668 0.0729

RMS Power Density (S) EField, HField (W/m2)


c

Averaging Time b |E|2, |H|2, or S (min)

0.1 1.34 1.34 - 3 3 - 30 30 - 100 100 - 300 300 - 5000 5000 - 15000 15000 30,000 30,000 100,000 100,000 300,000

(1,000, 100,000/M2) (1,800/M2, 100,000/M2) (1,800/M2, 100,000/M2) (2, 9,400,000/M3.336) 2 /150 /150 100 100 100

6 M /0.3 30 30 30
2

6 6 6 0.0636M1.337 30 30

150/G 150/G 25.24/G0.476 5048/[(9G-700)G0.476]

Note: M is the frequency in MHz; G is the frequency in GHz. (a) For exposures that are uniform over the dimensions of the body, such as certain far-field plane-wave exposures, the exposure field strengths and power densities are compared with the MPEs in the table. For

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 66 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
non-uniform exposures, the mean values of the exposure fields, as obtained by spatially averaging the squares of the field strengths or averaging the power densities over an area equivalent to the vertical cross section of the human body (projected area) or a smaller area, depending on the frequency are compared with the MPEs in the table. For further details, see the notes to table 8 and table 9 of IEEE C95.1. (b) The left column is the averaging time for |E|2; the right column is the averaging time for |H|2. For frequencies greater than 400 MHz, the averaging time is for power density (S). (c) These plane-wave equivalent power density values are commonly used as a convenient comparison with MPEs at higher frequencies and are displayed on some instruments in use.
10000
10000

Magnetic Field Strength (A/m) Electric Field Strength (V/m)

1000

614 V/m Electric Field


2

1000

100

100 W/m 163 A/m 27.5 V/m

100

10
Magnetic Field 2 W/m
2

Power Density

10

0.1

0.0729 A/m

0.1

0.01 0.01

0.01

0.1

10

100

1000

10000

100000

1000000

Frequency (MHz)

(Illustrated to show whole-body resonance effects around 100 MHz) (modified from IEEE C95.1)

Figure 9RF Electromagnetic Field Exposure Limits 6.8.2.2 Laser Exposure Limits [V2 6103]

The system shall protect the crew from exposure to lasers in accordance with the limits in ANSI Z136.1, American National Standard for Safe Use of Lasers, and ACGIH, Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs) Based on the Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents & Biological Exposure Indices, for limiting skin and ocular exposure to both continuous wave and repetitively pulsed lasers. Rationale: Design requirements are to cover exposure to both continuous and repetitively pulsed lasers to protect against skin and ocular injury. The limits are adopted from the Laser Institute of America's publication ANSI Z136.1. This requirement applies to lasers used both internal and external to the spacecraft. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 67 of 194

Power Density (W/m2)

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
6.8.2.3 Limits on Exposure to Incoherent Electromagnetic Radiation [V2 6104]

For crew exposure to the electromagnetic spectrum from the ultraviolet (180 nm) to the far infrared (3,000 nm), the methodologies given in ACGIH shall be adopted and amended for use by NASA through the relaxation of the limits by a factor of 5, with the exception of the calculation for ultraviolet exposure, which is not amended. Rationale: The factor of 5 removes the excessive safety margin imposed by the ACGIH on general populations. This methodology allows for the quantification of the relationship between source strength and acceptable exposure times for each of four potential injury pathways: retinal thermal injury caused by exposure to visible light, retinal photochemical injury caused by chronic exposure to blue-light, thermal injury to the ocular lens and cornea caused by infrared exposure, and exposure of the unprotected skin or eye to ultraviolet radiation. These limits do not apply to laser exposure. (See section 6.8.2.2, Laser Exposure Limits, in this Standard.) The numerical values used by the ACGIH are amended for use by NASA by the insertion of a factor of 0.2 in the source term of each calculation, with the exception of the calculation for ultraviolet exposure, which is not amended. This removes the excessive margin of safety imposed by the ACGIH on general populations.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 68 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 7. HABITABILITY FUNCTIONS

This section addresses the features of the system required for human occupancy. The specific needs and designs for each feature vary with the type of mission. 7.1 7.1.1 7.1.1.1 Food and Nutrition Food Quality and Quantity Food Quality [V2 7001]

The food system shall provide the capability to maintain food safety and nutrition during all phases of the mission. Rationale: A nutritious, viable, and stable food system that the crew is willing and able to consume is critical for maintaining the health of the crew. The viability of the food system requires not only that food be available for consumption but also that the food has the appropriate nutrient mix to maintain crew health over time. The food is to retain its safety, nutrition, and acceptability for any space flight concept of operations, be it of short or long duration. 7.1.1.2 Food Acceptability [V2 7002]

The system shall provide food that is acceptable to the crew for the duration of the mission. Rationale: A viable and stable food system that the crew is willing and able to consume is critical for maintaining the health of the crew. The crews willingness to consume these nutrients is impacted by the variety and flavor of the food. Food can lose its acceptance if eaten too frequently, so a variety of foods may offer a solution. The form, texture, and flavor of food are also important for adding variety, as long as nutritional content is not affected. The dynamics of spaceflight present numerous challenges to food acceptability. A NASA food item measuring an overall acceptability rating of 6.0 or better on a 9-point hedonic scale for the duration of the mission is considered acceptable. The hedonic scale is a quantitative method that is accepted throughout the food science industry as a means to determine acceptability. Further information regarding methods for determining food acceptability can be found in Meilgaard, et al,1999. Food freshness will impact acceptability over time; thus, it is imperative to provide acceptable food initially and a packaging and storage system that will maintain this freshness. Alternatives include growing food or providing basic ingredients and allowing flexibility in their combination and preparation.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 69 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
7.1.1.3 Food Caloric Content [V2 7003]

The food system shall provide each crewmember with a minimum number of calories per day, based upon estimated energy requirements (EER) with an activity factor of 1.25 (active) as calculated according to table 9, EER Equations. Rationale: A viable and stable food system that the crew is willing and able to consume is critical for maintaining the health of the crew. The food provided is to be of sufficient quality, quantity, and nutrient content to meet the energy demands of various activities, while accommodating each crewmembers individual needs and desires. Guidelines for nutrition requirements are documented in the reference document Nutrition Requirements, Standards, and Operating Bands for Exploration Missions. Table 9 EER Equations
Nominal Metabolic Intake EER for men 19 years old and older EER (kcal/day) = 622 9.53 Age [y] + 1.25 (15.9 Body Mass [kg] + 539.6 Height [m]) EER for women 19 years old and older EER = 354 6.91 Age [y] + 1.25 (9.36 Body Mass [kg] + 726 Height [m])

7.1.1.4

EVA Food Caloric Content [V2 7004]

For crewmembers performing EVA operations, the food system shall provide an additional 837 kJ (200 kcal) per EVA hour above nominal metabolic intake as defined by section 7.1.1.3, Food Caloric Content [V2 7003], in this Standard. Rationale: Additional energy and nutrients are necessary during EVA operations, as crewmember energy expenditure is greater during those activities. Consumption of an additional 837 kJ (200 kcal), similar in nutrient content to the rest of the diet, per hour of EVA would allow a crewmember to maintain lean body weight during the course of the mission. This is the metabolic energy replacement requirement for moderate to heavy EVA tasks. 7.1.1.5 Food Macronutrients [V2 7005]

The diet for each crewmember shall include macronutrients in the quantities listed in table 10, Macronutrient Guidelines for Space Flight. Rationale: Macronutrients are nutrients that provide calories for energy and include carbohydrates, protein, and fat. These macronutrients are necessary to maintain the health of the crew.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 70 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Table 10Macronutrient Guidelines for Space Flight
Nutrients Protein Daily Dietary Intake* 0.8 g/kg And 35% of the total daily energy intake And 2/3 of the amount in the form of animal protein and 1/3 in the form of vegetable protein 5055% of the total daily energy intake 2535%t of the total daily energy intake 14 g 1.11.6 g <7% of total daily energy intake <1% of total daily energy intake <300 mg/day 1014 g/4187 kJ

Carbohydrate Fat -6 fatty acids -3 fatty acids Saturated fat Trans fatty acids Cholesterol Fiber

* This field is only expressed in metric units of measure. 7.1.1.6 Food Micronutrients [V2 7006]

The diet for each crewmember shall include micronutrients in the quantities listed in table 11, Micronutrient Guidelines for Space Flight. Rationale: Micronutrients are nutrients that the human body needs in smaller amounts and include vitamins and minerals. These micronutrients are necessary to maintain the health of the crew. Table 11Micronutrient Guidelines for Space Flight
Vitamin or Mineral Vitamin A Vitamin D Vitamin K
Vitamin E Vitamin C Vitamin B12 Vitamin B6 Thiamin Riboflavin Folate Niacin Biotin Pantothenic acid Calcium Phosphorus

Daily Dietary Intake* 700900 g 25 g Women: 90 g Men: 120 g 15 mg 90 mg 2.4 g 1.7 mg Women: 1.1 mol Men: 1.2 mol 1.3 mg 400 g 16 mg niacin equivalents 30 g 30 mg 12002000 mg 700 mg And 1.5 calcium intake

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 71 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Daily Dietary Intake* Women: 320 mg Men: 420 mg And 350 mg from supplements only Sodium 15002300 mg Potassium 4.7 g Iron 810 mg Copper 0.59 mg Manganese Women: 1.8 mg Men: 2.3 mg Fluoride Women: 3 mg Men: 4 mg Zinc 11 mg Selenium 55400 g Iodine 150 g Chromium 35 g Note: Compiled from Nutrition Requirements, Standards, and Operating Bands for Exploration Missions, JSC NASA Nutritional Biochemistry Group. * This field is only expressed in metric units of measure. Vitamin or Mineral Magnesium

7.1.1.7

Food Microorganism Levels [V2 7007]

Microorganism levels in the food shall not exceed those specified in table 12, Food Microorganism Levels (JSC 16888, Microbiology Operations Plan for Space Flight). Rationale: To maintain the health and safety of the crew, it is necessary to control microorganism growth.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 72 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Table 12Food Microorganism Levels
Area/Item Food Production Area
Surfaces Packaging Film Food Processing Equipment Air

Microorganism Tolerances Samples Collected 3 surfaces sampled per day


Before use 2 pieces sampled per day 1 sample of 320 L
a

Limitsb
3 CFU/cm2 (total aerobic count) 113 CFU/320 L (total aerobic count) Limits 20,000 CFU/g for any single sample (or if any two samples from a lot exceed 10,000 CFU/g) 100 CFU/g for any single sample (or if any two samples from a lot exceed 10 CFU/g) 100 CFU/g for any single sample (or if any two samples from a lot exceed 10 CFU/g) 0 CFU/g for any single sample 1000 CFU/g for any single sample (or if any two samples from a lot exceed 100 CFU/g or if any two samples from a lot exceed 10 CFU/g Aspergillis flavus) 100 percent inspection for package integrity

Food Product

Factor Total aerobic count

Coliform

Coagulase positive Staphylococci Non-Thermostabilized


c

Salmonella Yeasts and molds

Commercially Sterile Products No sample submitted for (thermostabilized and microbiological analysis irradiated)

Notes:

a. Samples collected only on days that food facility is in operation. b. This field is only expressed in metric units of measure. c. Food samples that are considered finished products that require no additional repackaging are only tested for total aerobic counts. Food Preparation, Consumption, and Cleanup Food Preparation [V2 7008]

7.1.2 7.1.2.1

The system shall provide the capability for preparation, consumption, and stowage of food. Rationale: A viable and stable food system that the crew is willing and able to consume is critical for maintaining the health of the crew. Preparation addresses the heating of the food, if necessary, and the use of whatever equipment is required. Consumption relies on utensils or implements such as forks or spoons, a method to open packaging, or a method to rehydrate. Stowage is needed for the food, as well as all the implements for preparation and consumption. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 73 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

7.1.2.2

Food Preparation and Cleanup [V2 7009]

The food system shall allow the crew to unstow supplies, prepare meals, and clean up for all crewmembers within the allotted meal schedule. Rationale: Meal preparation and cleanup activity planning takes into account previous space flight lessons learned, the water delivery and food heating systems, stowage configuration, and desire of the crew to dine together. This is to help ensure that mission goals, objectives, and timelines are not negatively impacted. 7.1.2.3 Food Contamination Control [V2 7010]

The food storage, preparation, and consumption areas shall be designed and located to protect against cross-contamination between food and the environment. Rationale: Contamination can occur from a number of sources, including proximity to crosscontamination and the growth of microorganisms. Food is to be processed properly and stored to control or eliminate microbiological concerns. Furthermore, it is critical for crew physical and psychological health that any interference between body waste management, personal hygiene, exercise, and food preparation and consumption activities is prevented. Space flight lessons learned indicate this has been an issue during Apollo and ISS missions. 7.1.2.4 Food and Beverage Heating [V2 7011]

The system shall provide the capability to heat food and beverages, as appropriate, for acceptability. Rationale: Heating is necessary for the subjective quality of food. Heating food and liquid enhances the palatability of some items, which is important for psychological health, as well as for ensuring that crewmembers eat the food provided. Maintaining the temperature of rehydrated food helps prevent microbial growth. The vehicle is to provide the ability to heat dehydrated and non-rehydrated foods. 7.1.2.5 Dining Accommodations [V2 7012]

Crewmembers shall have the capability to dine together. Rationale: Dining together has been shown to support the crews psychological health and wellbeing. The food system is to consider the volume for all the crew to gather simultaneously, any equipment needed to restrain the food and implements, and any utensils necessary for dining. 7.1.2.6 Food System Waste [V2 7013]

The system shall provide readily accessible trash collection and control of food system waste. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 74 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Rationale: Food trash is to be considered in the overall plan for all types of trash. It is important to manage any food waste to control odors and microorganism growth. Proximity to the food preparation and consumption location facilitates ease of use and efficiency. 7.1.2.7 Food Spill Control [V2 7014]

The ability to control and remove food particles and spills shall be provided. Rationale: The ability to clean spills or food particles in any area of the vehicle helps to minimize contamination of the spacecraft. Contamination of the food system might occur if spills are not contained, and the physical debris of food particles can jeopardize the safety and health of the crew. 7.1.2.8 Food System Cleaning and Sanitizing [V2 7015]

The system shall provide methods for cleaning and sanitizing food facilities, equipment, and work areas. Rationale: The ability to clean and disinfect the food system areas helps to minimize microbial contamination of the food system. Contamination of the food system by physical debris can jeopardize the safety and health of the crew. 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.1.1 Personal Hygiene Capability Personal Hygiene Capability [V2 7016]

The system shall provide the capability for oral hygiene, personal grooming, and body cleansing. Rationale: Oral hygiene and personal grooming activities are to be accommodated by the system through provision of adequate and comfortable bathing and body waste management facilities as these enhance self-image, improve morale, and increase productivity of the crewmember. 7.2.1.2 Body Cleansing Privacy [V2 7017]

The system shall provide for privacy during body cleansing. Rationale: Certain hygiene functions are to have a degree of privacy, especially in a vehicle in which other crewmembers may be performing other functions simultaneously. Privacy provides for the psychological well-being of the crew and is to be provided for whole-body and partialbody cleaning and donning and doffing of clothing.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 75 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
7.2.1.3 Personal Hygiene Provision [V2 7018]

Personal hygiene items shall be provided for each crewmember. Rationale: Each crewmember is to have personal hygiene provisions, e.g., tooth brush, tooth paste, deodorant for body cleansing, oral hygiene, and personal grooming throughout each space mission. Personal hygiene equipment and supplies are to accommodate the physiological differences in male and female crewmembers in the microgravity environment. 7.2.1.4 Hygiene Maintainability [V2 7019]

The system shall provide an environmentally compatible sterilization method for personal hygiene facilities and equipment. Rationale: To remain hygienic, personal hygiene equipment is to be easily cleaned, sanitized, and maintained. Cleaning and sanitizing helps control odor and microbial growth. As part of the overall maintenance of the hygiene facilities, crewmembers are to have readily accessible trash collection for disposable personal hygiene supplies to minimize crew exposure to the used items. 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.1.1 Body Waste Management Body Waste Management Facilities Body Waste Management Capability [V2 7020]

The system shall provide the capability for collection, containment, and disposal of body waste. Rationale: A body waste management system facilitates the clean, efficient, and reliable collection and management of human waste (urine, feces, vomitus, and menses) and associated equipment and supplies. 7.3.1.2 Body Waste Management System Location [V2 7021]

The body waste management system shall be isolated from the food preparation and consumption areas for aesthetic and hygienic purposes. Rationale: Contamination can occur from a number of sources, including proximity to crosscontamination and the growth of microorganisms. It is critical for crew physical and psychological health that any interference between body waste management functions and food preparation and consumption be prevented. Space flight lessons learned indicate this has been an issue during Apollo and ISS missions.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 76 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
7.3.1.3 Body Waste Management Privacy [V2 7022]

The system shall provide privacy during use of the body waste management system. Rationale: Certain hygiene functions are to have a degree of privacy, especially in a vehicle in which other crewmembers may be performing other functions simultaneously. Privacy provides for the psychological well-being of the crew and is to be provided for use of the waste management system. 7.3.1.4 Body Waste Management Provision [V2 7023]

Body waste management supplies shall be accessible to and within reach of crewmembers using the waste management system. Rationale: Personal hygiene and body waste management supplies, such as tissues and towels, may need to be accessed rapidly. 7.3.1.5 Body Waste Accommodation [V2 7024]

The body waste management system shall allow a crewmember to urinate and defecate simultaneously. Rationale: Accidental discharge of one or both waste components into the habitable volume is not wanted, and it may be difficult for a human to relax the gastrointestinal control sphincter without relaxing the urinary voluntary control sphincter and vice versa. 7.3.1.6 Body Waste Containment [V2 7025]

The system shall prevent the release of body waste from the waste management system. Rationale: A release of waste into the closed environment of a spacecraft can contaminate the human and risk the initiation or spread of disease but also can contaminate surfaces, materials, and consumables. 7.3.1.7 Body Waste Odor [V2 7026]

The system shall provide odor control for the waste management system. Rationale: Uncontrolled waste-associated odors can have an adverse effect on crew performance and can exacerbate pre-existing symptoms of space motion sickness. 7.3.1.8 Body Waste Trash Receptacle Accessibility [V2 7027]

Body waste management trash collection shall be accessible to and within reach of crewmembers using the waste management system. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 77 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Rationale: Waste management items that cannot be collected and contained with human waste are to be disposed of immediately after use. Waste management trash collection items are to be within reach of the crewmember so that it is not necessary to egress the waste management restraint system or to access closed compartments. 7.3.1.9 Private Body Inspection Accommodation [V2 7028]

The body waste management system shall provide a means and sufficient volume for crewmembers to perform private bodily self-inspection and cleaning after urination and defecation. Rationale: In microgravity, body waste can float; therefore, after waste management, it is important for crewmembers to verify that they are clean. 7.3.1.10 Body Waste Management Maintenance [V2 7029]

All body waste management facilities and equipment shall be capable of being cleaned, sanitized, and maintained. Rationale: To remain hygienic, body waste management equipment is to be easily cleaned, sanitized, and maintained. Cleaning and sanitizing helps control odor and microbial growth. As part of the overall maintenance of the hygiene facilities, crewmembers are to have readily accessible trash collection for disposable personal hygiene supplies to minimize crew exposure to the used items. 7.3.2 7.3.2.1 Body Waste Capacity Feces per Day [V2 7030]

The body waste management system shall be capable of collecting and containing an average of 150 g (0.3 lb) (by mass) and 150 ml (5 oz) (by volume) of fecal matter per crewmember per defecation at an average two defecations per day. Rationale: Fecal waste collection is to be performed in a manner that minimizes possible escape of fecal contents into the habitable vehicle during microgravity operations because of the high content of possibly pathogenic bacteria contained in the stool. In addition, there is the potential of injury to crewmembers and hardware that could result from such dissemination. The collection capacity accounts for the average healthy adult stool output/day. The number of defecations per day is individually variable ranging from two times per week to five times per day, with the assumed average of two times per day.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 78 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
7.3.2.2 Feces per Event [V2 7031]

The body waste management system shall be capable of collecting and containing 500 g (1.1 lb) (by mass) and 500 ml (16.9 oz) (by volume) of fecal matter per crewmember in a single defecation. Rationale: Fecal waste collection is to be performed in a manner that minimizes possible escape of fecal contents into the habitable vehicle during microgravity operations because of the high content of possibly pathogenic bacteria contained in the stool and because of the potential of injury to crewmembers and hardware that could result from such dissemination. The collection capacity accounts for the average healthy adult maximum output during a single event. 7.3.2.3 Diarrhea per Day [V2 7032]

The body waste management system shall be capable of collecting and containing eight diarrheal events (average volume of 500 ml (16.9 oz)) per crewmember per day for up to 2 days. Rationale: The fecal discharge related to gastrointestinal illness (diarrhea) occurs at an increased frequency but is also variable and unpredictable. The total collection volume is to accommodate diarrhea caused by likely pathogens such as rotavirus and enterotoxigenic E. coli. 7.3.2.4 Diarrhea per Event [V2 7033]

The body waste management system shall be capable of collecting and containing 1.5 L (0.4 gal) of diarrhea in a single event. Rationale: Fecal waste collection is be performed in a manner that minimizes possible escape of fecal contents into the habitable vehicle during microgravity operations because of the high content of possibly pathogenic bacteria contained in the stool and because of the potential of injury to crewmembers and hardware that could result from such dissemination. The fecal discharge related to gastrointestinal illness (diarrhea) occurs at an increased frequency and volume but is also variable and unpredictable. The volume for a single discharge is to accommodate diarrhea caused by likely pathogens such as rotavirus and enterotoxigenic E coli. The volume 1.5 L (0.4 gal) is based on evaluation of individuals afflicted with pathogenic diarrhea, as found in medical literature, based on most likely maximal discharge in afflicted individuals. The volume 1.5 L (0.4 gal) is a maximum output, and the average output will be 0.5 L (0.13 gal). 7.3.2.5 Urine Capacity [V2 7034]

The body waste management system shall be capable of collecting 1 L (33.8 oz) of urine per event with up to six urination events per crewmember per day. Rationale: Rarely, a single void might be as much as 1 L (33.8 oz), so the equipment is to be able to accommodate this maximum. The rate of urinary delivery into the system from the body will APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 79 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
vary by gender (greater for females because of lower urethral resistance) but averages 10 to 35 ml/s (0.34 to 1.2 oz/s). Maximum flow rate with abdominal straining in a female may be as high as 50 ml/s (1.9 oz/s) for a few seconds. 7.3.2.6 Urine per Crewmember [V2 7035]

The body waste management system shall be capable of collecting and containing a maximum total urine output volume of Vu = 3 + 2t liters per crewmember, where t is the mission length in days. Rationale: Urine production on the first day after launch, i.e., flight day 0, is 3 L (0.8 gal) per crewmember. Urine output may be slightly greater or lower in various phases of the mission associated with gravity transitions and fluid intake levels. The urinary collection system is to be capable of collecting all of the crewmember's output in succession, with an average void varying from 100 to 500 ml (3.4 to 16.9 oz). Rarely, a single void might be as much as 1 L (33.8 oz), so the equipment is to be able to accommodate this maximum. The rate of urinary delivery into the system from the body will vary by gender (greater for females because of lower urethral resistance) but averages 10 to 35 ml/s (0.34 to 1.2 oz/s). Maximum flow rate with abdominal straining in a female may be as high as 50 ml/s (1.9 oz/s) for a few seconds. The voided urine is to be isolated to prevent inadvertent discharge in the cabin that could result in injury to a crewmember's skin or mucous membranes or damage to equipment. 7.3.2.7 Urine Rate [V2 7036]

The body waste management system shall be capable of collecting a maximum flow rate as high as 50 ml/s (1.9 oz/s). Rationale: Urine output may be slightly greater or lower in various phases of the mission associated with gravity transitions and fluid intake levels. The urinary collection system is to be capable of collecting all of the crewmember's output in succession, with an average void varying from 100 to 500 ml (3.4 to 16.9 oz). Rarely, a single void might be as much as 1 L (33.8 oz), so the equipment is to be able to accommodate this maximum. The rate of urinary delivery into the system from the body will vary by gender (greater for females because of lower urethral resistance) but averages 10 to 35 ml/s (0.34 to 1.2 oz/s). Maximum flow rate with abdominal straining in a female may be as high as 50 ml/s (1.9 oz/s) for a few seconds. The voided urine is to be isolated to prevent inadvertent discharge in the cabin that could result in injury to a crewmember's skin or mucous membranes or damage to equipment. 7.3.2.8 Vomitus per Collection and Containment [V2 7037]

The body waste management system shall be capable of collecting and containing vomitus for up to eight events of an average of 500 ml (16.9 oz) in a single event.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 80 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Vomiting and its associated odor, mainly produced by the compound putrescence, may trigger a bystander nausea and vomiting reaction in adjacent crewmembers located in close proximity in an enclosed space. Space Adaptation Syndrome (SAS) occurs in up to 70 percent of first time fliers (30 percent of whom may experience vomiting) during the first 48 to 72 hours of microgravity. In addition, a possible water landing may cause crewmembers to succumb to sea sickness. The average number of vomiting episodes per crewmember will vary from 1 to 6 per day, over a 2- to 3-day period. Regurgitation of the entire stomach contents results on average in 0.2 to 0.5 L (6.8 to 16.9 oz) of vomitus per event. Stowage and disposal is to be adequate for a worst-case number of involved crew, severity and duration of symptoms, as well as volume of gastrointestinal contents regurgitated. 7.4 7.4.1 Physiological Countermeasures Physiological Countermeasures Capability [V2 7038]

The system shall provide countermeasures to meet crew bone, muscle, sensory-motor, and cardiovascular standards defined in NASA-STD-3001, Volume 1. Rationale: Exercise is used to maintain crew cardiovascular fitness (to aid in ambulation during gravity transitions and to minimize fatigue), to maintain muscle mass and strength/endurance, for recovery from strenuous tasks and confined postures, and to rehabilitate minor muscle injuries. Exercise is to commence as early as possible during the mission and continue throughout all mission phases in accordance with results from the Apollo crews participation in the June 2006 Apollo Medical Summit (NASA/TM-2007-214755, The Apollo Medical Operations Project: Recommendations to Improve Crew Health and Performance for Future Exploration Missions and Lunar Surface Operations), and recommendation from the 2005 Musculoskeletal Summit. See Appendix A, Reference Documents, for complete citations. 7.4.2 Volume Accommodations [V2 7039]

During physiological countermeasure activities, volume shall be provided that is large enough to accommodate a person, expected body motions, and any necessary equipment. Rationale: The operational envelope is the greatest volume required by a crewmember to use an exercise device (not the deployed volume of the device). The volume is necessary to permit the crewmember to conduct the countermeasure activities properly to maintain health and fitness. 7.4.3 Physiological Countermeasure Operations [V2 7040]

The physiological countermeasure system design shall allow the crew to unstow supplies, perform operations, and stow items within the allotted countermeasure schedule. Rationale: The ease and the efficiency of the countermeasure system assist in the crews being able to perform their countermeasure activities. The crew needs these activities to maintain health and fitness. It can be expected that daily countermeasure activity will occur. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 81 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

7.4.4

Environmental Control [V2 7041]

The system environmental control shall accommodate the increased O2 consumption and additional output of heat, CO2, perspiration droplets, odor, and particulates generated by the crew in an exercise area. Rationale: The ppO2 in the exercise area(s) is to be maintained at normal levels; otherwise, the required physiological capabilities of crewmembers may be impaired. This requirement also addresses any particulate that may be generated by the exercise activity, e.g., skin, hair, or lint from clothing or other materials. 7.4.5 Orthostatic Intolerance Countermeasures [V2 7042]

The system shall provide countermeasures to mitigate the effects of orthostatic intolerance when transitioning from microgravity to gravity environments. Rationale: Orthostatic protection can minimize operational impacts. Operational impacts can include loss of consciousness, inability to operate controls, and inability to egress the vehicle without assistance and thus could jeopardize the success of the re-entry and landing of the vehicle and the safety of the crewmembers. Methods that have been successfully used to prevent orthostasis include fluid/salt loading regimens to maintain hydration, constrictive leg garments to prevent blood pooling, active cooling to maintain crew comfort, and recumbent crewmember seating to improve cerebral blood flow in 1 g. Furthermore, research studies of pharmacologic measures are also promising. 7.5 7.5.1 Medical Medical Capability [V2 7043]

A medical system shall be provided to the crew to meet the medical standards of NASA-STD3001, Volume 1, in accordance with table 13, Medical Care Capabilities. Rationale: NASA-STD-3001, Volume 1, includes definitions of the levels of medical care required to reduce the risk that exploration missions are impacted by crew medical issues and that long-term astronaut health risks are managed within acceptable limits. The levels of care and associated appendices define the health care, crew protection, and maintenance capability required to support the crew as appropriate for the specific mission destination and duration, as well as for the associated vehicular constraints. As mission duration and complexity increase, the capability required to prevent and manage medical contingencies correspondingly increases. Very short-duration missions, even if outside LEO are considered as Level I capability medical requirements. The ability to provide the designated level of care applies to all flight phases, including during pressurized suited operations.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 82 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Table 13Medical Care Capabilities
Level of Care I
II III IV V

Mission LEO <8 days


LEO <30 days Beyond LEO <30 days Lunar >30 days Mars Expedition

Capability Space Motion Sickness, Basic Life Support, First Aid, Private Audio, Anaphylaxis Response Level I + Clinical Diagnostics, Ambulatory Care, Private Video, Private Telemedicine Level II + Limited Advanced Life Support, Trauma Care, Limited Dental Care Level III + Medical Imaging, Sustainable Advanced Life Support, Limited Surgical, Dental Care Level IV + Autonomous Advanced Life Support and Ambulatory Care, Basic Surgical Care

7.5.2

Medical Treatment Spatial Accommodation [V2 7044]

The medical system shall provide volume and surface area to treat a patient and allow access for the medical care provider and equipment. Rationale: The size of a dedicated medical area or area capable of supporting medical activities depends on the number of crewmembers, mission duration, crew activities, and the likelihood that multiple crewmembers may become injured or ill enough to require simultaneous medical attention. 7.5.3 Medical Equipment Usability [V2 7045]

Medical equipment shall be usable by non-physician crewmembers in the event that a physician crewmember is not present or is the one who requires medical treatment. Rationale: Medical equipment is to be simple and easy to use and require minimal training so that non-medical personnel can administer care to ill or injured crewmembers. 7.5.4 Medical Treatment Restraints [V2 7046]

The capability shall exist to restrain a patient and appropriately position a medical care provider and equipment during treatment. Rationale: Patient restraints are to be capable of preventing the motion of arms and legs, allow stabilization of the head, neck, and spine, and provide attachment to the spacecraft. Care provider restraints are to allow the care provider to remain close to the patient to administer treatment but should be easily removable or allow movement to access nearby equipment. Equipment restraints are to be able to safely restrain large items such as medical kits, as well as individual items.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 83 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
7.5.5 Biological Waste Containment and Disposal [V2 7047]

Biological hazards, like blood and other bodily fluids, shall be contained and safely disposed to minimize contamination of other crewmembers. Rationale: If not properly contained, contents could damage equipment, injure crewmembers, and transmit disease. Biological waste, including suited feces/urine collection devices, vomit, and feminine hygiene products, can also cause injury and transmit disease. 7.5.6 Medical Equipment Disposal [V2 7048]

Sharp items such as syringe needles shall be safely disposed to prevent inadvertent injury to other crewmembers. Rationale: The disposal of medical equipment is to be taken into consideration as part of the overall trash management plan. Medical equipment, depending on the type, e.g., sharp items, are to have special disposal methods to ensure that there is no injury to the crew, damage to equipment, or transmission of disease. 7.5.7 Deceased Crew [V2 7049]

Each human space flight program shall provide the capability to handle deceased crewmembers. Rationale: Despite screening, health care measures, and safety precautions, it is possible for crewmembers to die during a mission, particularly on extended duration missions. Problems that can threaten the health and safety of remaining crewmembers include loss of a team member, grief, mission delays, and contamination. Facilities and plans for handling deceased crewmembers that are socially, biologically, and physically acceptable are to be established during system development. 7.6 7.6.1 7.6.1.1 Stowage Provision Stowage Provisions [V2 7050]

The system shall provide for the stowage of hardware and supplies, to include location, restraint, and protection for these items. Rationale: Some stowed items are removed from stowage, used, and then returned to the provided provisions/location. Other items are temporarily removed from stowage, relocated to another use location, and much later stowed.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 84 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
7.6.1.2 Personal Stowage [V2 7051]

The system shall provide a stowage location for personal items and clothing. Rationale: Having stowage locations for personal items and clothing provides for the well-being of the crew. When considered with inventory management, labeling, and operational nomenclature, the stowing of and access to these personal items is to be able to be done efficiently. 7.6.1.3 Stowage Location [V2 7052]

All relocatable items, e.g., food, EVA suits, and spare parts, shall have a dedicated stowage location. Rationale: To maintain a high level of efficiency in crew operations, it is important to locate items within easy reach of their point of use or consumption. Although difficult to achieve completely, all efforts are to be made to provide stowage for items manifested and flown. An important consideration is the need to keep the translation pathways clear and protect the volume necessary for the crew to execute their tasks safely and efficiently. Stowage is not to hinder the access to any emergency equipment. 7.6.1.4 Stowage Interference [V2 7053]

The system shall provide defined stowage locations that do not interfere with crew operations. Rationale: Having defined stowage locations supports efficient operations and helps prevent the stowage system from interfering with operations, such as translation and vehicle control. Care is to be taken when designing the stowage system so that clear translation can occur in the event of an emergency. To maintain a high level of efficiency in crew operations, it is important to locate items within easy reach of their point of consumption. 7.6.1.5 Stowage Restraints [V2 7054]

The system shall provide the capability to restrain relocatable items during microgravity, transient accelerations, and vibrations. Rationale: Stowed items are to be restrained so that they are not free to move during vehicle motion, under the influence of internal air movement, or after inadvertent contact. These restraints assist in keeping the crew safe from items moving about and also assist in ensuring that stowed items remain where required during operations and crew tasks.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 85 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
7.6.2 7.6.2.1 Accessibility Priority of Stowage Accessibility [V2 7055]

Stowage items shall be accessible in accordance with their use, with the easiest accessibility for mission-critical and most frequently used items. Rationale: To promote efficient retrieval of stowed items, items used in the same procedure are best stowed together. To promote comprehension of the stowage plan, similar items are best stowed together. 7.6.2.2 Stowage Operation without Tools [V2 7056]

Stowage containers and restraints shall be operable without the use of tools. Rationale: To maximize the use of crew time, the stowage system is to permit crew access and reconfiguration without the use of tools. 7.6.2.3 Stowage Access while Suited [V2 7057]

Stowed items to be used when crewmembers are suited shall be accessible by a suited crewmember. Rationale: Stowage items need features that allow suited crew to access, open, close, or manipulate the items. This applies to normal as well as contingency operations. 7.6.3 Identification System [V2 7058]

The stowage identification system shall be compatible with the inventory management system. Rationale: Space Shuttle and ISS experience has shown that stowage management and identification the knowledge of the quantity, location, and type of each supply is crucial for mission planning and maintaining crew productivity. Quantity and location are not the only aspects of stowage identification. Stowage, labeling, inventory tracking, and operational nomenclature are also to be considered when developing an integrated system. 7.7 7.7.1 Inventory Management System Inventory Tracking [V2 7059]

The system shall provide an inventory management system to track the locations and quantities of items (including hazardous trash) throughout the mission. Rationale: Space Shuttle and ISS experience has shown that inventory management the knowledge of the quantity and location of each type of supply is crucial for mission planning APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 86 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
and maintaining crew productivity. Quantity and location are not the only aspects of inventory tracking. Stowage, labeling, and operational nomenclature are also to be considered when developing an integrated system. 7.7.2 Inventory Operations [V2 7060]

The system shall be designed to allow inventory management functions to be completed within the allotted schedule. Rationale: The inventory management system is to be efficient and the amount of time required by the crew to perform the functions of the system minimized. A flexible system allows for changes in stowage locations or quantities any time during missions. Lessons learned in past space flight have indicated that past inventory operations have exceeded the allocated time required to accomplish the tasks. This can interfere with other expected tasks. 7.7.3 Nomenclature Consistency [V2 7061]

The nomenclature used to refer to the items tracked by the inventory management system shall be consistent with procedures and labels. Rationale: It is imperative that space flight operations personnel, including all ground controllers and crewmembers, communicate using common nomenclature that unambiguously and uniquely defines all hardware and software items. This nomenclature is also to be common among all operational products, including commands, procedures, displays, planning products, reference information, system handbooks, system briefs, mission rules, schematics, and payloads operations products. 7.7.4 Unique Item Identification [V2 7062]

Items that need to be uniquely identified shall have a unique name. Rationale: Unique names for inventory items assist in the location and clear identification of the items. This promotes efficiency and reduces the likelihood of mis-selection of items for tasks. This also assists to minimize training. 7.7.5 Interchangeable Item Nomenclature [V2 7063]

Items within the inventory management system that are identical and interchangeable shall have identical nomenclature. Rationale: Names for inventory items assist in the location and clear identification of the items. This promotes efficiency and reduces the likelihood of mis-selection of items for tasks.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 87 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
7.8 7.8.1 7.8.1.1 Trash Management System Provision Trash Accommodation [V2 7064]

The system shall provide a trash management system to accommodate (stow, neutralize, and dispose) all expected wet and dry trash, including sharp items, harmful chemicals, and biological and radioactive waste. Rationale: If not properly contained, trash contents could damage equipment, injure crewmembers, and transmit disease. Different types of trash require specific types of wrapping and containment. The trash management plan identifies the types of trash to be generated during mission operations; such identification then guides the disposition of the trash. Flight crews as well as ground personnel are expected to manage trash. 7.8.1.2 Trash Volume Allocation [V2 7065]

Trash stowage volumes shall be defined and allocated for each mission. Rationale: The trash plan defines the types and quantities of trash expected during mission operations. Trash buildup occurs, especially on missions where there is no expendable vehicle to carry away the trash. Dedicated trash stowage volumes and locations are needed and are to be coupled with appropriate packaging and containment. 7.8.1.3 Trash Stowage Interference [V2 7066]

The system shall provide defined trash stowage that does not interfere with crew operations. Rationale: This requirement is intended to prevent the trash system from interfering with normal operations, such as translation and vehicle control. Design requirements are to ensure that the trash system does not interfere with translation during emergency events. As well, in an effort to maintain a high level of efficiency in crew operations, it is important to locate trash receptacles within easy reach of their point of use. 7.8.2 Trash Odor Control [V2 7067]

The trash management system shall provide odor control of trash. Rationale: Uncontrolled odors can have an adverse effect on crew performance and can exacerbate pre-existing symptoms of SAS. 7.8.3 Trash Contamination Control [V2 7068]

The trash management system shall prevent the release of trash into the habitable environment. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 88 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Rationale: Many components of trash act as nutrient sources for microorganisms that can quickly increase their concentrations. These microorganisms can include medically significant organisms, which could negatively impact crew health and performance. 7.8.4 Labeling of Hazardous Waste [V2 7069]

Hazardous waste shall be labeled on the outermost containment barrier to identify the hazard type and level contained (in accordance with JSC 26895). Rationale: It is important for safe handling purposes that the waste container label be marked accurately and completely. When multiple types of hazardous waste are accumulated in a single hazardous waste container, the outermost container label is to indicate the highest level of toxicity contained. 7.9 7.9.1 Sleep Sleep Accommodation [V2 7070]

The system shall provide volume, sleep surface area, and personal sleep items, e.g., clothing, bedding, ear plugs, for each crewmember. Rationale: The sleep accommodation requirements depend primarily on the gravity environment and the mission duration. Unlike terrestrial and partial-gravity environments, in microgravity there is no need to consider orientation and body support (cushioning). However, in microgravity environments, restraints are provided to secure blankets and maintain positioning. (See section 8.5, Restraints and Mobility Aids, in this Standard.) The effects of mission duration on the accommodations are covered in section 7.9.2, Private Quarters [V2 7071], in this Standard. 7.9.2 Private Quarters [V2 7071]

For missions greater than 30 days, individual private quarters shall be provided to support crew health and performance. Rationale: Privacy is defined in this Standard in Appendix C, Definitions. Requirements for a specific system are to define the details of the activities that private quarters are expected to accommodate (exercise, conferences, lounging, etc.). The specific volume and layout are to meet the requirements defined in section 8, Architecture, in this Standard. 7.9.3 Environmental Control [V2 7072]

For individual private quarters, the system shall provide the crew control of lighting, noise, ventilation, and temperature. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 89 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Sleeping and working areas may overlap, and the crew is to be able to adjust the environment according to function. Level of individual control is defined by the mission duration in accordance with section 7.9.2, Private Quarters [V2 7071], in this Standard. 7.9.4 Partial-g Sleeping [V2 7073]

The system shall provide for horizontal sleep surface areas for partial-g and 1-g environments. Rationale: The sleeping area volume is to accommodate crew body sizes in all gravity environments. Partial-g defines the orientation of the volume. 7.10 Clothing

7.10.1 Clothing Quantity [V2 7074] Clean, durable clothing shall be provided in quantities sufficient to meet crew needs. Rationale: Requirements are to be based on acceptable definitions of clean and durable. Requirements are then to include the number of days that an individual item of clothing can be worn before laundering or disposal and, for laundered clothing, the lifetime of the clothing item. 7.10.2 Exclusive Use [V2 7075] Clothing shall be provided for each individual crewmembers exclusive use. Rationale: Requirements for exclusive clothing use are to include considerations for individual stowage areas, clothing identification (particularly if clothing is laundered), sizing, and individual preference accommodation. 7.10.3 Safety and Comfort [V2 7076] Clothing shall be comfortable in fit and composition and compatible with the environment, e.g., temperature and humidity, in which it will be worn. Rationale: Requirements for clothing types are to be based on anticipated crew activities (exercise, maintenance, lounging, work, etc.) and gravity environments, e.g., very loose clothing and shoes would be inappropriate in a microgravity environment. Clothing design is also dependent on the range of crew sizes as defined in the physical characteristics database. (See section 4.1.1, Data Sets [V2 4001], in this Standard.) 7.10.4 Clothing Donning and Doffing [V2 7077] Clothing shall be designed so that crewmembers can don or doff clothing without assistance from other crewmembers in normal as well as in emergency situations. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 90 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: None required. 7.10.5 Clothing Composition [V2 7078] Garment materials shall be non-toxic and flame resistant. Rationale: Depending on the mission, toxicity requirements are to include considerations for the effects of long-term confinement in non-terrestrial, closed-loop atmospheres. Also, longterm missions are to include requirements addressing disposal and decomposition of discarded clothing. 7.11 Housekeeping

7.11.1 Accessibility for Cleaning [V2 7079] Sufficient volume shall be provided to access areas that need to be cleaned. Rationale: The full size range of personnel with appropriate cleaning tools and equipment is to be able to access all areas for routine cleaning. Fixed equipment should not to have to be unsecured and moved for routine cleaning. Inaccessible areas are to be closed off to prevent the accumulation of trash and dirt. 7.11.2 Particulate Control [V2 7080] The system shall be designed for access, inspection, and removal of particulates that can be present before launch or that can result from mission operations. Rationale: Manufacture, assembly, or other operations in a terrestrial or partial-g environment may accumulate residue and debris. This residue may then contaminate the spacecraft during flight or reduced-gravity environments. System development specifications are to ensure that crews can access residue accumulations for removal. 7.11.3 Surface Material Selection [V2 7081] The system shall be designed with surface materials that do not promote the growth of microorganisms. Rationale: Program requirements are to be established so that unique and non-standard surface materials, such as materials that retain moisture or restrict air movement, are evaluated for this feature. 7.11.4 Surface Material Cleaning [V2 7082] The system shall be designed with surface materials that can be easily cleaned and sanitized using planned cleaning methods. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 91 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Rationale: Program requirements are to be established so that surface materials, such as highly textured materials, are assessed for this feature. 7.11.5 Cleaning Materials [V2 7083] The system shall provide cleaning materials that are effective, safe for human use, and compatible with system water reclamation, air revitalization, and waste management systems. Rationale: Program requirements are to be established so that cleaning materials are assessed for these features. Effective cleaning materials leave a cleaned surface ready for use without the need for additional cleaning. For example, an effective window cleaning material leaves the window with no accumulation, streaking, or any other artifact that could interfere with the use of the window (photography or piloting tasks). On the other hand, cleaning material used on a dining table could be considered effective even with the presence of streaks or accumulation, as long as the surface is safe on which to prepare, serve, and consume food. 7.12 Recreational Capabilities [V2 7084]

The system shall provide recreational capabilities for the crew to maintain behavioral and psychological health. Rationale: Appropriate recreational facilities depend on the nature and duration of the mission. Program development requirements are to provide time and resources for psychological assessment of crew needs. The system design is to include recreational facilities, materials, and operational accommodations identified in these assessments.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 92 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 8. ARCHITECTURE

Architecture is defined as the arrangement and configuration of the functional areas where the crew lives and works. This includes any items necessary for translation, restraints and mobility aids, hatches, windows, and lighting. For detailed requirements to accommodate the physical characteristics of the crew, see section 4, Physical Characteristics and Capabilities, in this Standard. Accommodations for the specific functions that occur within the architecture of the habitat are addressed in section 7, Habitability Functions, in this Standard. Environmental qualities of the architecture are in section 6, Natural and Induced Environments. 8.1 8.1.1 Volume Volume Allocation [V2 8001]

The system shall provide the volume necessary for the crew to perform all mission tasks, using necessary tools and equipment to meet mission goals and objectives. Rationale: Adequate internal size, in terms of volume and surface area, are to be provided to ensure crewmembers can safely, efficiently, and effectively perform mission tasks, including work, sleep, eat, egress, ingress, and other tasks necessary for a safe and successful mission. It is important to consider all types of volume pressurized, habitable, and net habitable, in accordance with JSC 63557, Net Habitable Volume Verification Method when determining the amount of volume that is necessary. 8.1.2 Volume for Crewmember Accommodation [V2 8002]

The system shall provide the volume necessary to accommodate the expected number of crewmembers. Rationale: Volume needed by each crewmembers activity is to be increased to allow for the interaction of the crewmembers and for safe ingress/egress to the worksite. The designer is to be careful not to assume that volume for any particular activity is not encumbered by the presence of other crewmembers. The interaction of planned activities throughout the mission is to be addressed for its activity volume and location within the spacecraft. Activities that infringe upon the volume of other crewmembers are to be avoided by scheduling or through design of the work volume size and configuration. 8.1.3 Volume for Mission Accommodation [V2 8003]

The system shall provide the volume necessary to accommodate the number of mission and contingency days. Rationale: Increasing mission duration requires expansion in the physical volume to accommodate mission tasks and personal needs. The total required net habitable volume per crewmember and per total crew complement increases with duration, particularly if the mission APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 93 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
is not able to be logistically resupplied. Mission and volume designers are to carefully analyze volume needs of the crew, crew equipment, storage, and trash containment volumes to ensure they are adequately sized to provide adequate net habitable volume for the crew to effectively and efficiently perform mission objectives. 8.1.4 Volume for Behavioral Health [V2 8004]

The net habitable volume and interior configuration shall support crew behavioral health. Rationale: Confinement, isolation, and stress that can accompany a space mission tend to increase with duration. This creates a psychological need for additional volume. Privacy becomes more important for crewmembers as mission durations become longer. When evaluating the net habitable volume and interior configuration needs of a system, careful consideration should be given to cultural attitudes with regard to the overall work space. 8.2 8.2.1 8.2.1.1 Configuration Functional Arrangement Functional Arrangement [V2 8005]

Habitability functions shall be located based on the use of common equipment, interferences, and the sequence and compatibility of operations. Rationale: Design for any system, function, or activity is to be based on the logical sequence and smooth flow of activities that are to occur. Generally, the most efficient layout is to place functions adjacent to each other when they are used sequentially or in close coordination. There are some limitations to this general rule, however. Adjacent positions are not to degrade any of the activities within the stations, nor is the positioning to degrade any of the activities in surrounding stations. General adjacency considerations, beyond simple activity flow, include transition frequency, sequential dependency, support equipment commonality, physical interference, traffic interference, privacy, confidentiality, noise output and sensitivity, lighting, vibration, and contamination. 8.2.1.2 Interference [V2 8006]

The system shall separate functional areas whose functions would detrimentally interfere with each other. Rationale: Co-location of unrelated activities can degrade operations, resulting in increased workload and operational delays. This consideration will be difficult to meet in a small volume, but every effort is to be made to separate functions and capabilities that could operationally conflict with each other or that produce environmental conditions that conflict with other tasks, e.g., glare, noise, vibrations, heat, odor. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 94 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
8.2.2 8.2.2.1 Orientation Spatial Orientation [V2 8007]

Interface elements within a crew station shall be consistent in spatial orientation. Rationale: Whenever possible, a consistent directional orientation is to be established for the entire spacecraft. In a 1-g or partial-g environment, orientation is not a particular problem. Down is the direction in which gravity acts, and the human is normally required to work with feet down and head up. In a microgravity environment, the human working position is arbitrary. There is no gravity cue that defines up or down. In microgravity, orientation is defined primarily through visual cues, which are under the control of the system designer. Several orientation factors to be considered when designing for a microgravity environment include work surfaces, training and testing, disorientation, visual orientation cues, and equipment operation. 8.2.2.2 Consistent Orientation [V2 8008]

In microgravity, the system shall establish a local vertical orientation. Rationale: In microgravity, orientation is defined primarily through visual cues, which are under the control of the system designer. The orientation within a particular crew station is referred to as a local vertical. Several orientation factors to be considered when designing a microgravity environment include work surfaces, training and testing, disorientation, visual orientation cues, and equipment operation. 8.2.2.3 Interface Orientation [V2 8009]

Interface elements within a crew station shall have the same orientation in roll as the sagittal plane of the crewmembers head. Rationale: Maintaining a consistent orientation of interfaces and their elements minimizes crewmember rotational realignments needed to perform tasks that have directionally dependent components, such as reading labels and displays. Inconsistent and varied display and control orientations may contribute to operational delays and errors. Given the complexity of some operations, e.g., piloting, a single orientation for all controls, displays, and labels may not be possible, but every effort is to be made in design to minimize crewmember repositioning required to efficiently perform a task. This requirement is meant to ensure that all equipment at an interface is aligned with the crewmember's head, even if the head is turned, so that an operating crewmember only needs adjust body orientation slightly in pitch and yaw at a workstation but does not need to adjust body orientation in roll.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 95 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
8.2.3 8.2.3.1 Location and Orientation Aids Location Identifiers [V2 8010]

A standard location coding system shall be provided to uniquely identify each predefined location within the system. Rationale: Location coding provides a clear method of referring to different locations within the vehicle and serves as a communication and SA tool when traversing the vehicle or unstowing/stowing equipment. An example of Shuttle location coding is the numbering of middeck lockers: locker MF28H is located on the middeck (M), forward (F) surface, 28 percent of the way to the right of the total width of the surface, and 122 cm (48 in) from the top of the surface. (H indicates eight alphabetic increments of 15.2 cm (6 in) from the top.) 8.2.3.2 Location Aids [V2 8011]

The system shall provide aids to assist crewmembers in locating items or places within the system and orienting themselves in relation to those items or places. Rationale: Crewmembers need visual cues to help them quickly adjust their orientation to a local vertical position. When adjacent workstations have vertical orientations differing by 45 degrees or greater, visual demarcations need to be provided to prevent inadvertent use of the adjacent workstation elements. 8.2.3.3 Visual Distinctions [V2 8012]

The system shall provide visual distinctions for adjacent but functionally separate workstations. Rationale: Crewmembers need easy-to-read visual cues to help them quickly adjust their orientation to a normal position. These visual cues are to define a horizontal or vertical reference plane. When adjacent workstations have vertical orientations differing by 45 degrees or greater, visual demarcations are to prevent inadvertent use of other workstation elements. 8.3 8.3.1 Translation Paths Internal Translation Paths [V2 8013]

The system shall provide intravehicular activity (IVA) translation paths to allow for the movement of crew and equipment within the time constraints of both nominal operational, contingency, and emergency conditions. Rationale: Translation paths are needed to support the safe and efficient movement of the crew and equipment throughout the vehicle. The pathway design is to take into account the type and level of activity that occur at each of the workstations, the required movement of crew and equipment between them, the location of workstations, the number of crew, and the types of APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 96 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
equipment being translated. As an example, lessons learned from the ISS indicate that translation paths around the ISS eating area have disrupted crew rest and relaxation required during meals. 8.3.2 Emergency Translation Paths [V2 8014]

The spacecraft (excluding spacesuits) shall be configured such that the crew can ingress or egress (including hatch operation, if applicable) within the time required to preserve crew health and safety in the event of an emergency. Rationale: System developers need to define emergency escape routes early in the design process to ensure they are functional. The routes need to be free of obstructions (snags, protrusions, stowed items, etc.), clearly marked, illuminated for emergency operations, and require a minimal number of operations for passage (such as awkward turns or hatch operations). When sizing the route, designers need to consider the dimensions of the users, including suits and special protective equipment, and the number of concurrent users, including possible rescue personnel. 8.3.3 Ingress, Egress and Escape Translation Paths [V2 8015]

The system shall provide translation paths for ingress, egress, and escape of suited crewmembers. Rationale: Suited crewmembers are to be able to get in and out of the vehicle on the ground or transfer between two docked vehicles in flight easily and quickly. 8.3.4 Translation Path Interference [V2 8016]

Translation paths shall allow movement of crew and equipment without interfering with crew activities. Rationale: Traffic flow is not to interfere with other unrelated operational and recreational activities of the crew. These activities may include sensitive spacecraft control, routine servicing, experimentation, eating, sleep, and relaxation. 8.3.5 Simultaneous Use [V2 8017]

Where appropriate, the translation path size shall accommodate simultaneous use by crewmembers. Rationale: Given the limited volume of spacecraft, movement of crewmembers simultaneously can be expected. The crew may be suited or unsuited, pressurized or unpressurized. Simultaneous use can occur in both nominal and emergency situations. The number of crew and the expected tasks to be performed are to be considered to size the translation pathway.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 97 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
8.3.6 Hazard Avoidance [V2 8018]

Translation paths shall be designed to prevent exposure to hazards. Rationale: Translation pathways are to be clear of protrusions and minimize the possibility of entanglement of translating crewmembers or equipment with loose objects, such as restraints, cables, hoses, or wires. Intersecting translation paths with heavy traffic flow are to minimize collisions so that damage does not occur to nearby equipment. 8.3.7 Path Visibility [V2 8019]

Emergency paths shall be marked and be visible under nominal operational, contingency, and emergency conditions. Rationale: The possibility exists for a spacecraft or subsystem failure or damage that could require evacuation, thus impacting the design for traffic flow. Crewmembers are to be provided with escape routes for egress and isolation in the event of the need for an emergency egress from their immediate location. Entry and exit pathways are to be protected; the pathways are to be free from obstruction and without dead-end corridors and marked to establish the safe and efficient movement of the crew and equipment. 8.3.8 Crew Egress Translation Path - Ground [V2 8020]

The system shall provide a translation path for assisted ground egress of an incapacitated suited or unsuited crewmember. Rationale: Incapacitated crewmembers, suited or unsuited, may be unable to egress the vehicle on their own and may also be in a constrained position that requires assisted extraction, including pre-flight and post-landing. An egress translation path is to accommodate the crewmember being assisted, the assisting personnel, and any necessary equipment, e.g., medical equipment. 8.3.9 Crew Ingress/Egress Translation Path in Space [V2 8021]

The system shall provide an in-space translation path for assisted ingress and egress of an incapacitated suited or unsuited crewmember. Rationale: Incapacitated, pressurized-suited crewmembers may be unable to ingress the vehicle or spacecraft on their own and may also be in a constrained position that requires assistance. This may include ingress from EVA or ingress/egress to/from the spacecraft from EVA or any vehicle or module to which the spacecraft is docked. A crewmember in a pressurized suit is the bounding case. This requirement also includes assisted ingress and egress for crewmembers in unpressurized suits, as well as unsuited crew.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 98 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
8.4 8.4.1 8.4.1.1 Hatches and Doorways Operability Hatch Cover and Door Operation without Tools [V2 8022]

Hatch covers and doors shall be designed to be unlatched and opened and latched and closed without the use of tools from either side by a single suited crewmember. Rationale: Hatch operation includes unlatching/opening or latching/closing the hatch. Lost or damaged tools prevent the hatches from being opened or closed, which may result in loss of crew (LOC) or loss of mission (LOM). Ground operation of flight vehicle hatches and suited crew operation of hatches in the ground safe haven following emergency pad egress are not to require the use of tools. 8.4.1.2 Unlatching Hatch Covers [V2 8023]

Hatch covers shall require two distinct and sequential operations to unlatch. Rationale: Inadvertent hatch opening and subsequent cabin depressurization would be catastrophic. Requiring two separate, distinct operations helps to ensure that the hatch will not be unlatched through accidental contact. 8.4.1.3 Hatch Cover and Door Operating Times [V2 8024]

For nominal operations, interior hatch covers and doors shall be operable by a single crewmember in no more than 60 seconds, including opening, closing, latching, and unlatching. Rationale: Hatch operation includes unlatching/opening or latching/closing the hatch. Excessively long operating times can delay crews on both sides of a hatch, which would prevent ingress or egress. The hatch operating requirement of 60 seconds is based on engineering judgment related to easily operable hatch design without complicating hatch design. This does not preclude a program from implementing more strict design requirements. The requirement applies to both flight vehicles and hatches in the ground safe haven following emergency pad egress. 8.4.1.4 Hatch Cover and Door Operating Force [V2 8025]

The forces required to operate hatch covers and doors shall be within the strength range of the weakest of the selected crewmember population for the worst-case pressure differential anticipated. Rationale: All crewmembers are to be able to operate hatches and their covers and doors. Designing operating forces to the strength of the weakest crewmember ensures the crew can perform activities related to safety and to LOM. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 99 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

8.4.1.5

Hatch Cover and Door Gravity Operations [V2 8026]

Hatch covers and doors shall be operable in all expected gravity conditions and orientations to which they are exposed. Rationale: Hatches and doors are critical to the safety of the crew and vehicle, not only for maintenance of the pressure environment but also for the ability to isolate interior portions of the spacecraft if necessary. Whether designed for a vehicle that operates in microgravity or on a planetary surface, hatches and doors are to be operable in the anticipated environment by any crewmember. 8.4.2 8.4.2.1 Hatch and Doorway Design Hatch Size and Shape [V2 8027]

Hatches and doorways shall be sized and shaped to accommodate unrestricted passage of a suited crewmember. Rationale: A suited crewmember represents a situation where the crews size is enlarged in many dimensions by virtue of the suit. Should a situation arise where the crew needs to move through hatches and doorways while suited, especially in an emergency situation, the hatches and doorways are to be large enough for the crew to pass safely and efficiently. 8.4.2.2 Pressure Equalization across the Hatch [V2 8028]

Each side of each hatch shall have manual pressure equalization capability with its opposite side, achievable from that side of the pressure hatch by a suited or unsuited crewmember. Rationale: Air pressure is to be equalized on either side of a hatch to safely open the hatch. In some vehicle failure scenarios, non-manual methods for pressure equalization may fail. Manual pressure equalization enables hatch opening regardless of vehicle status. 8.4.2.3 Visibility across the Hatch [V2 8029]

The system shall provide a window for direct, non-electronic visual observation of the environment on the opposite side of the hatch. Rationale: Direct visual observation of the environment on the opposite side of a hatch allows the crew to determine the conditions or obstructions, such as the presence of fire or debris, on the other side of the hatch for safety purposes. Windows do not have the failure modes associated with cameras and display systems that may not be operable during emergencies when most needed.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 100 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
8.4.3 8.4.3.1 Hatch Cover and Door Design Hatch Cover and Door Interference [V2 8030]

When opened, hatch covers and doors shall allow for unrestricted flow of traffic. Rationale: Open hatches and doors are not to protrude into translation space and inhibit the safe and effective movement of both the crewmembers and any equipment they need to move from one location to another. In addition, open hatch covers and doors are to allow for a clear emergency translation pathway. 8.4.3.2 Hatch Cover Closure and Latching Status Indication [V2 8031]

The pressure hatch covers shall indicate closure and latching status on both sides of the hatch. Rationale: Indication of hatch closure and latch status on both sides of the hatch allows both ground personnel (launch pad) and crewmembers to verify that each hatch is closed and latched. By providing both closure and latch position status, proper security of the hatch can be verified. Hatch closure implies that the hatch is in proper position to be latched. 8.4.3.3 Hatch Cover Pressure Indication [V2 8032]

Pressure hatch covers shall indicate, on both sides of the hatch, pressure differential across the hatch. Rationale: Indication of pressure difference on both sides of the hatch allows both ground personnel and crewmembers to see the changes in pressure across the hatch and to know when the pressure difference is low enough to safely open the hatch. Use of numerical values, color, or other cues can be used to indicate when it is safe to operate a hatch. 8.5 8.5.1 Restraints and Mobility Aids Crew Restraint Provision [V2 8033]

Crew restraints shall be provided to assist in the maintaining of body position and location in reduced gravity conditions or during high accelerations. Rationale: Maintaining a static position and orientation at a workstation is necessary to ensure that controls can be activated without motion being imparted to the crewmember. Without gravity to hold an individual onto a standing or sitting surface, the body floats or moves in the opposite direction of an applied force. The cognitive and physical work required to maintain body position during a task can interfere with the task performance. Activities that use both hands are not to require handholds to maintain position at a workstation but may require restraints such as foot loops, straps, or harnesses. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 101 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
8.5.2 Crew Restraint Design [V2 8034]

Crew restraints shall be designed to accommodate the crewmember for the duration of the task. Rationale: Crew restraints provide for operator stability. Where it is critical that a workstation operator remain stable for task performance, e.g., view through an eyepiece, operate a keyboard, or repair a circuit, foot restraints and other ad hoc positioning techniques may be sufficient. However, tasks that require a stabilized crewmember to maintain position for long periods of time, e.g., 1 hour of continuous use or longer, require a restraining system designed with task duration, stability, and training to operate in mind. 8.5.3 Crew Restraint Posture Accommodation [V2 8035]

Crew restraints to be used in microgravity applications shall be designed for compatibility with the neutral body posture. Rationale: The neutral body posture in microgravity places the human in a position unlike the vertical nature of 1-g. Most notable are changes in the angle of the foot, arm, and shoulder elevation, the forward and down head tilt, and hip/knee flexion displacing the torso backward. Crewmembers will fatigue and experience discomfort if equipment does not accommodate the neutral body posture. This can then lead to decreased performance and task execution. 8.5.4 Crew Restraint Interference [V2 8036]

Crew restraints shall not interfere with crewmembers performance of tasks. Rationale: Some simple tasks can be easily performed with one hand while using the other hand for stability. More complex tasks, however, require coordination of both hands, and some type of body or foot restraint system may be required. 8.5.5 Crew Restraints for Controls Operation [V2 8037]

Crew restraints shall provide for the operation of controls during reduced gravity, as well as during dynamic or multi-axis accelerations. Rationale: Maintaining a position and orientation during controls operation is necessary to ensure that controls can be activated without motion being imparted to the crewmember. Restraints are meant to support and stabilize the crewmember and protect against inadvertent operation of controls. 8.5.6 Mobility Aid Standardization [V2 8038]

Mobility aids shall be standardized, clearly distinguishable, and located to aid the crew in starting or stopping movement, changing direction or speed, or translating equipment. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 102 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Mobility aids, such as hand holds and foot restraints, allow crewmembers to efficiently move from one location to another in microgravity, as well as reduce the likelihood of inadvertent collision into hardware that may cause damage to the vehicle or injury to the crew. Without predefined mobility aids, personnel may use available equipment that may be damaged from induced loads. By standardization of the mobility aids, reduction in crew training can occur, and the aids can be easily identified when translating within a spacecraft volume. Commonality among visual cues is important so that crews can easily distinguish intended mobility aids from non-mobility aids that may be damaged by the application of crew-induced loads. During emergencies, crews need to be able to quickly discern mobility aids from the surrounding structures. Visual cues such as color coding may aid in this function. 8.5.7 Mobility Aid Structural Strength [V2 8039]

All fixed and portable IVA mobility aids shall be designed to withstand expected forces of the crew without failure or sustaining damage. Rationale: The tasks expected of a space flight crew are varied, and mobility aids are to support crewmember translation, as well as the translation of equipment or other crew, suited or unsuited, pressurized or unpressurized. Mobility aids assist in the stabilization of the crew, as well as stopping, starting, or changing of direction. 8.5.8 Mobility Aid for Assisted Ingress and Egress [V2 8040]

Mobility aids shall be provided for the assisted ingress and egress of an incapacitated crewmember. Rationale: Incapacitated pressurized-suited or unpressurized crew may be unable to ingress spacecraft and may also be in a constrained position that requires assistance. Moving the crew may include ingress from EVA or ingress/egress to/from another spacecraft from EVA or any vehicle or module to which a spacecraft is docked. Assisting crew will need mobility aids not only for translating but also for stabilization during the translation of the incapacitated crewmember. 8.5.9 Ingress, Egress and Escape Mobility Aids [V2 8041]

Mobility aids shall be provided for ingress, egress, and escape of suited crewmembers. Rationale: Because a suited crewmember has limited maneuverability, mobility aids allow crewmembers safe and efficient ingress and egress of the vehicle. 8.5.10 IVA Operations Mobility Aids [V2 8042] Where appropriate, mobility aids shall be provided for the crew to conduct IVA operations.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 103 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Mobility aids, such as hand holds and foot restraints, allow crewmembers to efficiently move from one location to another in microgravity, as well as reduce the likelihood of inadvertent collision into hardware that may cause damage to the vehicle or injury to the crew. Early experience in the Skylab program showed the problems of movement in microgravity. Stopping, starting, and changing direction all require forces that are best generated by the hands or feet. Appropriately located mobility aids make this possible. Mobility aids are to be designed to accommodate a pressurized-suited crewmember by providing clearance, non-slip surfaces, and noncircular cross sections. Without predefined mobility aids, personnel may use available equipment that may be damaged from induced loads. 8.6 Windows

Windows are an integral part of many aspects of space flight operations with respect to their location, optical properties, fields of view, and protection. The minimum critical design parameters for windows to support these operations and tasks are window clear viewing aperture, size, birefringence, color balance, haze, transmittance, wavefront quality, reflectance, material inclusions, surface defects, ambient illumination, glare, visual obstructions, e.g., mounting for optical hardware and cameras, vibrations, internal and external contamination, the position of windows on the spacecraft, and the distance, position, and orientation of the user relative to a window. 8.6.1 8.6.1.1 Provision Window Visibility [V2 8043]

The system shall provide windows on all spacecraft that provide the unobstructed fields of view necessary to support expected crew tasks. Rationale: Windows provide direct, non-electronic, through-the-hull viewing and are essential to mission safety and success, as well as to maintaining crew psychological and physical health and safety. They support crew photography (a primary on-and-off duty activity of onboard crews), provide SA of the external environment, are essential for piloting and robotic operations, and permit safe viewing through hatches. Windows also permit stellar navigation, vehicle anomaly detection and inspection, and environmental and scientific observations. Windows do not have the failure modes associated with cameras and display systems that may not be operable during emergencies when most needed. 8.6.1.2 Multipurpose Windows [V2 8044]

A window used for multiple purposes shall support the most optically demanding of the tasks for which the window will be used. Rationale: Windows are routinely used to support many different tasks and functions, each of which demands a unique set of optical properties. Therefore, a given window has to be able to support the most optically demanding of the tasks for which it will be used. Unacceptable visual APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 104 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
perceptions, line-of-sight deviations, and blurring of video and imagery retrieved through the window (among other problems) will occur if the window is being used for a more optically demanding task than it was designed to accommodate. There is no restriction on window shape, as long as each window provides the minimum clear viewing aperture required for its selected category in accordance with JSC 63307, Requirements for Optical Properties for Windows Used in Crewed Spacecraft. Windows rated in a low optical properties category may, in fact, have superior optical properties. In such cases (where, for example, a category C or B clear viewing aperture window is produced with category B or A optical properties, respectively,) the window may used in lieu of the window rated with a higher optical properties category but only in limited applications and where it becomes absolutely necessary to do so. 8.6.1.3 Window Optical Properties [V2 8045]

System windows shall have optical properties commensurate with their tasking, in accordance with JSC 63307. Rationale: System windows are required to have the necessary optical properties so that they do not degrade visual acuity and optical performance. JSC 63307 specifies optical properties for different types of system windows according to their associated tasks (the uses to which they will be put). These optical properties provide system windows with the minimal optical performance necessary to support those tasks and permit the retrieval of imagery through windows so that the retrieved images are not blurred, degraded, or distorted. Detailed architectural design considerations, lessons learned, and verification methodologies to meet this requirement are specified in the HIDH, Appendix D, Optical Performance Requirements for Windows in Human Spaceflight Applications, the parent document from which JSC 63307 was derived. 8.6.1.4 Window Obstruction [V2 8046]

Window fields of view shall not be obstructed or obscured in any way except for hardware designed and intended to protect and cover windows; hardware used in conjunction with piloting, such as a Heads Up Display (HUD), Crew Optical Alignment System (COAS), or other similar equipment; the outer mold line and hull structure of the vehicle itself; other windows and window mullions; and instrumentation applied to the window itself within 13 mm (0.5 in) of the perimeter of the clear viewing area. Rationale: Fixed equipment, such as window instrumentation, hardware, or a condensation prevention system, that would obscure the field of view from the normal crew position for window viewing may interfere with piloting and photography tasks. For detailed design considerations for inboard and outboard window view obscuration exclusion zones, consult section 8.6, Windows, in the HIDH. 8.6.1.5 Minimum Window Quality [V2 8047]

A minimum of one window, excluding hatch windows, that is available to the crew through all phases of flight and has a maximum peak-to-valley transmitted wavefront error through the APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 105 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
combination of all window panes of wave over any 100-mm (4-in) subaperture within the central 80 percent of the physical area of the window at normal incidence (reference wavelength = 632.0 nm) shall be provided on all spacecraft for direct, non-electronic, through-the-hull viewing, observation, and photography from the interior to the exterior and vice versa. Rationale: Windows provide SA of the external environment and are essential for piloting and robotic operations. They permit stellar navigation, vehicle inspections, and environmental and scientific observations and are an essential part of maintaining crew psychological and physical health and safety. In this regard, windows do not have the failure modes associated with cameras and display systems that may not be operable when most needed, especially during emergencies. Windows are routinely used for detailed motion imagery and photography by onboard crews while on and off duty for a variety of purposes, including safety and engineering evaluations, documentation of operational activities and unusual events, and public relations. The imagery retrieved through a window for such purposes cannot be degraded by the window. The wave criterion is in accordance with the Rayleigh Limit. 8.6.1.6 Window Proximity Finishes [V2 8048]

The window assembly frame and the supporting structure within 0.15 m (~6 in) from the perimeter of any window in all directions around the window both internally and externally shall have a surface finish whose diffuse reflectance is less than 10 percent over a wavelength range of 400 to 1000 nm and a specular reflectance of less than 1 percent for angles of incidence of 10, 30, and 60 degrees, so that stray light is minimized, especially from between the panes. Rationale: Stray light, spurious specular reflections, and background reflections in the window are reduced when lusterless finishes are used on the window structure itself, on the structure around the window, and where feasible on interior surfaces opposite the window. This permits viewing through the window without interference from these unwanted light sources. The wavelength range is specified into the near infrared (IR) because some flat black, non-reflective finishes are highly reflective at these wavelengths, which can affect IR optical devices and instruments used by the crew. For detailed design considerations for window proximity finishes, consult section 8.6, Windows, in the HIDH. 8.6.2 8.6.2.1 Light Blocking Window Light Blocking [V2 8049]

Each system window shall be equipped with an opaque shade or shutter that prevents external light from entering the crew compartment, such that the interior light level can be reduced to 2 lux at 0.5 m (20 in) from each window. Rationale: External illumination can interfere with internal spacecraft operations, such as crew sleep and onboard still and motion imaging, particularly if the illumination causes glare. Shades and shutters block external illumination from entering the habitable compartments through windows. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 106 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

8.6.2.2 Window Protection Removal and Replacement/Operation without Tools [V2 8050] System window protection designed for routine use shall be removable and replaceable or operable from fully closed to open and vice versa by one crewmember in a timely fashion without the use of tools. Rationale: System window protection, such as window covers, shades, filters, and panes in the case of internal protection and shutters, other such devices, and protective panes in the case of external protection, cannot be cumbersome to use. The removal and replacement or operation of system window protection is also not to be a time burden to the crew. Having to retrieve, use, and stow tools for the removal and replacement or operation of covers, shades, filters, shutters, and other such devices would be especially cumbersome and burdensome for such a routine task. The ability to remove or open and replace or close system window protection with alacrity ensures its proper use and thus ensures that appropriate protection for the windows and the crew is in place when necessary. For detailed design considerations for system window protection, consult section 8.6, Windows, in the HIDH. 8.7 8.7.1 Lighting Illumination Levels [V2 8051]

The system shall provide illumination levels to support the range of expected crew tasks. Rationale: A wide range of crew tasks is expected to be performed within the vehicle. The required lighting levels vary, depending on the task being performed. For instance, cabin reconfiguration after orbit insertion may require simultaneous reading of labels and checklists, crew translation, mechanical assembly, and manual control at a variety of vehicle locations, each of which requires sufficient lighting without blockage from crew and equipment in transit. Similarly, rendezvous and proximity operations may require general cabin darkening for outthe-window viewing but sufficient lighting for crew translation and manual control. A single type of lighting at a single illumination level is insufficient to support all tasks; therefore, both general and task illumination are necessary. 8.7.2 Exterior Lighting [V2 8052]

The system shall provide exterior lighting to aid the crew in assembly, maintenance, navigation, rendezvous and docking, ingress and egress, EVA operations, and external task operations. Rationale: External operations are performed on a routine basis, especially when vehicles are located on planetary surfaces. The types of operations vary greatly, from supporting the crew in conducting assembly and maintenance and in the locating of the vehicles and habitats to general wayfinding and navigation, to surface geology and other science. Lighting types and illumination levels appropriate to the expected tasks are necessary to accomplish mission APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 107 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
objectives. Planetary surface illumination and reflection are to be addressed; these vary, depending on the planetary body selected for the mission, as well as the location on that planetary body. 8.7.3 Emergency Lighting [V2 8053]

The system shall provide emergency lighting for crew egress and/or operational recovery in the event of a general power failure. Rationale: Emergency lighting is a part of the overall lighting system for all vehicles. It allows for crew egress and/or operational recovery in the event of a general power failure. The emergency lighting system is to be automatically activated to allow operators and other occupants of a vehicle to move to a safe location and allow efficient transit between any inhabited location and designated safe haven(s). Efficient transit includes appropriate orientation with respect to doorways and hatches, as well as obstacle avoidance along the egress path. 8.7.4 Lighting Color [V2 8054]

Lighting shall be of a color compatible with the lighted tasks. Rationale: Sensing color depends on the visible spectrum and luminance presented to the eye. These quantities, in turn, depend on the spectrum of the illumination source and the modification of that spectrum by absorptive features of intervening transmitting or reflecting materials in the environment. Planetary atmospheric absorption and optical scattering from dust can significantly affect the selection of colorants for external signage on or in the vicinity of habitations. These factors are to be considered in establishing requirements for the intensity and color of lighted guide beacons, vehicle headlamps, etc. For a specific color sensation to be reliably produced in an observer, the spectral reflectance of an objects surface (the color of the object) and the illuminant spectrum are controlled. As an object is observed under different light sources, it is possible that the color sensations produced by it may change dramatically. This may introduce ambiguity into color-coding schemes or interfere with the aesthetic appreciation of objects in ways not anticipated by their designers. 8.7.5 Circadian Entrainment [V2 8055]

During waking hours, lighting systems shall provide the crew with retinal light exposure that is sufficient in intensity and optimal in wavelength to entrain the human circadian pacemaker to a 24-hour day. Rationale: Lighting systems are to provide the proper light for circadian entrainment to address disruptions in the sleep/wake cycles of space flight crews. Difficulties in establishing stable circadian cycles are similar to those experienced by people on Earth who work rotating shifts, by air travelers traversing multiple time zones (jet lag), submariners, and some individuals enduring winter months at high latitudes. The human circadian cycle may be entrained APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 108 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
(synchronized) by a variety of environmental stimuli, but the most influential is the exposure to bright light. 8.7.6 Lighting Controls [V2 8056]

Lighting systems shall have on-off controls. Rationale: Controls for turning lighting on and off within each module allow crewmembers to see the effect of changes to lighting controls without changing their location. Easy access to the controls is necessary. Light sources are to be capable of being turned completely off and returned to on. This control allows for the execution of operations that require observation through windows or photography and for crew functions such as sleep. 8.7.7 Lighting Adjustability [V2 8057]

Interior lights shall be adjustable (dimmable) from their maximum output level to their minimum luminance. Rationale: Interior lighting is to be adjustable to permit the crew to use out-the-window views when there is little external light, for example, during rendezvous, and to allow the selection of lower light levels when crewmembers are resting. 8.7.8 Glare Prevention [V2 8058]

Both direct and indirect glare that causes discomfort to humans or impairs their vision shall be prevented. Rationale: Eye discomfort can occur and visual performance can be negatively affected by glare. If a light source within the observers field of view provides much more luminance than its surroundings (higher range of contrast) and occupies a significant portion of the field of view, it may act as a direct glare source. If the reflection of a light source from a surface within the field of view provides an area whose luminance greatly exceeds that of its surroundings, it may act as a reflected (indirect) glare source. The types of tasks expected to be performed are to be considered, as well as the location where the tasks occur, whether they are internal or external to the vehicle, and whether they are on or off a planetary surface. Glare should first be eliminated though proper arrangement of workstations and light sources (including windows). In situations where this perfect arrangement is not possible, mitigating measures, such as lighting source baffles, window shades, and computer monitor glare shields, can be used.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 109 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 9. HARDWARE AND EQUIPMENT

This section provides requirements applicable to the design of hardware and equipment. Requirements in this section apply to all hardware and equipment with which the crew interfaces from large and complex systems, such as ISS racks, to small items, such as tools, drawers, closures, restraints, mobility aids, fasteners, connectors, clothing, and crew personal equipment. 9.1 9.1.1 Standardization Crew Interface Commonality [V2 9001]

Hardware and equipment performing similar functions shall have commonality of crew interfaces. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure commonality and consistency within a given human space flight program. This facilitates learning and minimizes crew error. 9.1.2 Differentiation [V2 9002]

Hardware and equipment that have the same or similar form but different functions shall be readily identifiable, distinguishable, and not be physically interchangeable. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to avoid potential confusion crewmembers may experience that can lead to errors when items with similar form are not readily identifiable or physically distinguishable. 9.1.3 Routine Operation [V2 9003]

Systems, hardware, and equipment used during routine/nominal operations shall not consume an inordinate amount of time such that it disrupts tasks and discourages crew performance of tasks. Rationale: Good design of systems and equipment can reduce the amount of time to perform many routine tasks, i.e., food preparation, maintenance, and inventory management. Having to retrieve, use, and stow tools for the routine/nominal operation of systems, hardware, and equipment can be especially cumbersome and burdensome for routine tasks. The ability to perform operations with alacrity helps ensure proper use. 9.2 Training Minimization [V2 9004]

Hardware and equipment shall be designed to minimize the time required for training. Rationale: Generally, designers can minimize training by following requirements dictated in this Standard under section 9.1, Standardization, and section 10, Crew Interfaces. However, a specific system may have characteristics that could minimize training requirements. For APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 110 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
example, an upgrade in technology of an existing system could maintain the same interface. This could be defined in system requirements and would minimize the need for additional training. 9.3 9.3.1 9.3.1.1 Hazard Minimization Mechanical Hazard Minimization Mechanical Hazard [V2 9005]

Systems, hardware, and equipment shall be designed to protect the crew from moving parts that may cause injury to the crew. Rationale: Known mechanical hazard sources can be defined in a requirement. Consistently moving equipment is easy to identify and guard. Infrequent or unpredictable movement may be a less obvious hazard. If possible, system requirements are to identify potential sources of unpredictable or infrequent movement and spell out specific guarding requirements for these systems. 9.3.1.2 Entrapment [V2 9006]

Systems, hardware, and equipment shall be designed to protect the crew from entrapment (tangles, snags, catches, etc.). Rationale: This applies to items with which the crew will come into direct contact. Entrapment can occur in places where loose cables or equipment items block passageways or where crewmembers purposely fasten motion restraints (seat belts and shoulder harnesses, foot restraints, tethers, etc.). Entrapment can also occur from protrusions or openings that snag body parts or personal equipment. For example, if holes are small, then fingers may be entrapped. Larger holes, on the other hand, allow free movement. Crewmembers are likely to be under time-critical conditions when they need to evacuate or return to safety. If possible, requirements are to focus on those situations. 9.3.1.3 Potential Energy [V2 9007]

Hardware and equipment shall not release stored potential energy in a manner that causes injury to the crew. Rationale: Requirements are to identify all known sources of stored potential energy. As with all hazards, this can be mitigated by designing out the hazard, the use of safety devices, providing warnings, or through procedures and training. These mitigations are arranged in descending order of preference: designing out the hazard is the most preferred, and relying on procedures or training is the least preferred.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 111 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
9.3.1.4 Protection from Projectiles and Structural Collapse [V2 9008]

Hardware mounting and habitat enclosures shall be configured such that the crew is protected from projectiles and structural collapse in the event of sudden changes in acceleration or collisions. Rationale: Chances for crew survivability in otherwise catastrophic conditions can be greatly increased by attention (early in the design process) to structure and mounting designs such that the crew habitable volume remains intact and free of secondary projectiles. 9.3.1.5 Sharp Corners and Edges - Fixed [V2 9009]

Corners and edges of fixed and handheld equipment to which the bare skin of the crew could be exposed shall be rounded as specified in table 14, Corners and Edges. Rationale: Sharp corners and edges in passageways, maintenance areas, stowage compartments, or workstations present hazardous conditions and are to be avoided. Also, hand-held items, such as tools, present a hazard to the crew. In addition to potential hazards from IVA exposure, EVA exposure to sharp surfaces could damage suit integrity. This requirement applies to bare skin. Gloves and clothing may protect skin; however, some clothing or equipment items may be more vulnerable to tears and cuts; separate requirements need to be established for those items. The crew may be exposed to items manufactured by a variety of companies, and this requirement is to be reflected in requirements for all of them.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 112 of 194

NASA NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2


Table 14Corners and Edges
Material Thickness (t) t > 25 mm (t > 1 in) Minimum Corner Radius 13 mm (0.5 in (spherical)) Minimum Edge Radius 3.0 mm (0.120 in) Figure

6.5 mm < t < 25 mm (0.25 in < t < 1 in)

13 mm (0.5 in)

3.0 mm (0.125 in)

3.0 mm < t < 6.5 mm (0.125 in < t < 0.25 in)

6.5 mm (0.26 in)

1.5 mm (0.06 in)

0.5 mm < t < 3.0 mm (0.02 in < t < 0.125 in)

6.5 mm (0.26 in)

Full radius

t < 0.5 mm (t < 0.02 in)

6.5 mm (0.26 in)

Rolled, curled, or covered to 3.0 mm (0.120 in)

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 113 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

9.3.1.6

Protection from Functionally Sharp Items [V2 9010]

Functionally sharp items shall be prevented from causing injury to the crew or damage to equipment when not in use. Rationale: Functionally sharp items are those that, by their function, do not meet the requirement for exposed corners and edges, i.e., syringes, scissors, and knives. These items are to be prevented from causing harm when not in nominal use. Capping sharp items is one way of doing this. 9.3.1.7 Sharp Corners and Edges - Loose [V2 9011]

Corners and edges of loose equipment to which the crew could be exposed shall be rounded to radii no less than those given in table 15, Loose Equipment Corners and Edges. Rationale: The force (and resulting damage) in contact with fixed items depends on the mass and speed of the crewmember. The damage from loose items, however, depends on the weight of the item. For example, a person running into a fixed clipboard will cause more damage than if the clipboard were thrown at that person. Therefore, the corners and edges of a loose item do not have to be as rounded as a fixed item. Although hand-held items are loose, they are squeezed, and forces can be high. Therefore, hand-held items are to meet the edge and corner rounding requirements of fixed items (section 9.3.1.5, Sharp Corners and Edges Fixed [V2 9009] in this Standard). Table 15Loose Equipment Corners and Edges
Equipment Mass At Least (kg (lb)) Less Than (kg (lb)) 0.0 (0.0) 0.25 (0.6) 0.25 (0.6) 0.5 (1.1) 0.5 (1.1) 3.0 (6.6) 3.0 (6.6) 15.0 (33.1) 15.0 (33.1) -Minimum Edge Radius (mm (in)) 0.3 (0.01) 0.8 (0.03) 1.5 (0.06) 3.5 (0.14) 3.5 (0.14) Minimum Corner Radius (mm (in)) 0.5 (0.02) 1.5 (0.06) 3.5 (0.14) 7.0 (0.3) 13.0 (0.5)

9.3.1.8

Burrs [V2 9012]

Exposed surfaces shall be free of burrs. Rationale: Burrs are manufacturing artifacts or can occur during a mission as a result of maintenance or assembly operations. Burrs cause damage to equipment and skin. They are to be removed as a part of the manufacturing process, or if it is likely that they will be created during a mission, a means is to be provided to eliminate crew exposure to the burrs.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 114 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
9.3.1.9 Pinch Points [V2 9013]

Pinch points shall be covered or otherwise prevented from causing injury to the crew. Rationale: Pinch points can cause injury to the crew but may exist for the nominal function of equipment, i.e., equipment panels. This may be avoided by locating pinch points out of the reach of the crew or by providing guards to eliminate the potential to cause injury. 9.3.1.10 High-Temperature Exposure [V2 9014]

Any surface to which the bare skin of the crew is exposed shall not cause epidermis/dermis interface temperature to exceed the pain threshold limit of 44 C (111.2 F). Rationale: Research by Greene, et al., (1958) on human tolerance to heat pain showed that the pain threshold is reached at 43.7C (110.6 F) skin temperature. Lloyd-Smith and Mendelssohn (1948) found the pain threshold to be 44.6C (112.3 F). Defrin, et al., (2006) investigated heat pain threshold across the body and found the lowest level in the chest (42C (107.6 F)), the highest in the foot (44.5C (112.1 F)), and in the hand 43.8C (110.8 F). In a study by Moritz and Henriques (1947), 44C (111.2 F) was the lowest temperature at which significant epidermal damage occurred, after exposure was sustained for 6 hours. As the contact temperature increased above 44C (111.2 F), the time to damage was shortened by approximately 50 percent for each 1C (1.8 F) rise in temperature up to about 51C (123.8 F). Increasing contact pressure was not sufficient to increase the risk of thermal injury. At contact skin temperatures above 70C (158 F), it took less than 1 second to produce complete epidermal cell death. Pain threshold, rather than damage threshold, should be used to (a) preclude skin damage and (b) prevent a startle pain reaction, i.e., pulling a hand away quickly, which may cause injury from flailing. 9.3.1.11 Low-Temperature Exposure [V2 9015]

Any surface to which the bare skin of the crew is exposed shall not cause skin temperature to drop below the pain threshold limit of 10 C (50 F). Rationale: Studies on the thermal performance of spacesuit gloves have shown that pain from cold occurring at hand skin temperatures of 10 C (50 F) was deemed tolerable (JSC 39116, EMU Phase VI Glove Thermal Vacuum Test and Analysis Final Report; Bue, 2009). Previous research on human tolerance to cold has shown that numbness occurs at 7 C (44.6 F) skin temperature (Provins and Morton, 1960) and risk of frostbite at 0 C (32 F) (Havenith, et al., 1992). Pain threshold, rather than damage threshold, should be used to (a) preclude skin damage and (b) prevent a startle pain reaction, i.e., pulling a hand away quickly, which may cause injury from flailing. In addition, staying above the numbness threshold is important, both because numbness can mask skin damage, which may impact flight safety, and also to allow normal touch sensation for tasks after contact with cold objects. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 115 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

9.3.1.12

Equipment Handling [V2 9016]

All items designed to be carried or removed and replaced shall have a means for grasping, handling, and carrying (and, where appropriate, by a gloved hand). Rationale: Grasping, gripping, and moving hardware using hardware features that are not intended to be handles can damage the hardware or slip away and injure the crewmember or damage surrounding hardware. This can be prevented by designing obvious features that are intended for grasping, gripping, or moving the item. 9.3.2 9.3.2.1. Electrical Shock Hazard Minimization Power Interruption [V2 9017]

The system shall provide the crew with capability to control the power to an electrical circuit. Rationale: This assumes that, at some point in a mission, all circuits could require crew contact with exposed conductors. There is to be a way for the crew to eliminate this exposure. At the least, it could interfere with task performance, and at the most, it could cause serious injury or death. 9.3.2.2 Energized Status [V2 9018]

The system shall provide and display the de-energized status (interruption of electrical power) of a circuit to the crew and within their fields of regard. Rationale: When de-energizing a system, the user should always be provided with feedback that confirms the function has occurred. Because of the critical nature of this information, the complexity of some circuits, and the possibility of a false indication, many times circuit status is verified using a separate tool, such as an electromagnetic sensor. 9.3.2.3 Electrical Hazard Limits [V2 9019]

Systems, hardware, and equipment shall be designed to protect the crew from any incidental or intentional exposure above 32 V RMS. Rationale: Safe touch DC voltages, as determined by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) TR 60479-5 Edition 1.0, Effects of current use on human beings and livestock Part 5: Touch voltage threshold values for physiological effects, for a startle reaction can range from 1 to 78 V RMS. The ISS and Shuttle Programs have set 32 V as catastrophic (JSC Interpretation Letters: Electrical Shock TA-94-029, On-Orbit Boarding and Grounding MA2-99142, and Mate/Demate MA2-299-170). Therefore, it is reasonable that voltages not exceed this conservative crew exposure limit without hazard controls to ensure safety of the crew. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 116 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
9.3.2.4 Physiological Effects of Electrical Shock [V2 9020]

Each human space flight program shall determine the physiological effects of current exposure in accordance with IEC TR 60479, Edition 1.0, for systems, hardware, and equipment that are designed to operate at or below 32 V RMS and protect the crew in a manner commensurate with those effects. Rationale: The IEC is the leading global organization that prepares and publishes international standards for all electrical, electronic, and related technologies. Programs are to use this information to determine hazard severity based on physiological reaction (IEC TR 60479-5, Edition 1.0, table 1) during the conditions of exposure, e.g., skin resistance, surface area contact, current pathway through the body. IEC TR 60479-5, Edition 1.0, table 2, provides the minimum touch voltage threshold for AC and DC corresponding to startle reaction, strong muscular reaction, and ventricular fibrillation. Certain types of equipment may be designed to pass larger amounts of localized current at various frequencies through the body, e.g., electrocautery, muscle stimulation. These are not considered leakage currents, although their interaction or interconnection with other equipment that might be in contact with a crewmember needs to be considered during the hazard analysis process. Such equipment may have other applicable standards, e.g., IEC, ISO, Association for the Advancement of Medical Instrumentation, which govern the design requirements. The need to establish safe voltage levels at or below 32 V RMS for electrical/electronic equipment is necessary to address incidental or intentional crew contact with powered equipment while it is in use. When equipment is unpowered during any potential crew contact, i.e., proper number of inhibits commensurate with the hazard level are used in power distribution to interrupt power, the need to establish safe voltage levels is unnecessary. Programs that have certified systems, hardware, and equipment under the 30 V RMS threshold requirement from NASA-STD-3000 are not certified as safe in accordance with this requirement without additional analysis. 9.3.2.5 Leakage Currents Equipment Designed for Human Contact [V2 9023]

For equipment that is specifically designed to contact the human body, electrical leakage currents caused by contact with exposed surfaces shall be kept below the levels specified in table 16, Leakage Currents Equipment Designed for Human Contact. Rationale: Some equipment needs to pass small amounts of current through the body to accomplish its intended function, e.g., bias currents in medical monitoring equipment. The amount of current allowed depends on the frequency and whether the part of the equipment contacting the crewmember is isolated from the power source. Examples of isolated equipment are intra-aortic catheters and electrocardiogram (ECG) monitors. Examples of non-isolated equipment are blood pressure cuffs and digital thermometers. These levels of leakage current are consistent with those in IEC 60601-1, Medical Electrical Equipment Part 1: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential Performance, for patient auxiliary and patient leakage currents in isolated (type CF) and non-isolated (types B and BF) equipment. These leakage currents are measured across parts applied to the APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 117 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
crewmember and also from the applied parts to ground. The summation of all the currents should be compared to the current limits in table 16. Table 16 Leakage Currents Equipment Designed for Human Contact
Body Contact
External*

Frequency

DC to 1 kHz

Maximum Current (mA RMS) Operating Equipment Type Condition Isolated Equipment Non-Isolated Equipment Normal 0.1
Single Fault 0.5 Lesser of (0.1 x frequency in kHz) or 5 Lesser of (0.5 x frequency in kHz) or 5 0.01 0.05 Lesser of (0.01 x frequency in kHz) or 1 Lesser of (0.05 x frequency in kHz) or 1 Not Allowed

>1 kHz

Normal Single Fault

Internal

DC to 1 kHz >1 kHz

Normal Single Fault Normal

Single Fault

*For DC currents, there is a small risk of heating and tissue necrosis for prolonged duration of contact. 9.3.3 9.3.3.1 Fluid and Gas Spill Hazard Minimization Fluid/Gas Release [V2 9024]

Hardware and equipment shall not release stored fluids or gases in a manner that causes injury to the crew. Rationale: Crew injuries are likely to be caused by either highly pressurized fluids and gases or toxic fluids and gases. In both cases, design requirements are to be developed so that the crew is protected during both storage and handling of these fluids and gases. 9.3.3.2 Fluid/Gas Isolation [V2 9025]

The system shall provide for the isolation or shutoff of fluids and gases in hardware and equipment. Rationale: Gases and fluids are most likely to be temporarily shut off at service and maintenance points. System developers are to identify those points and create isolation capabilities. Without dedicated isolation controls, crews could create bypasses, which waste crew time and possibly APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 118 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
damage systems. Also, to save time and reduce the possibilities of error, e.g., forgetting to shut them off or to turn them back on when maintenance is complete, the shut-off valves are to be located near those service points. 9.3.3.3 Fluid/Gas Containment [V2 9026]

The system shall provide for containment and disposition of fluids and gases that might be released. Rationale: Excess gases and fluids are likely to be released during draining and filling of systems. Designs are to accommodate these possibilities to ensure capture, containment, and disposal that is safe and effective. Capture facilities are to be located near the points where release is likely to occur (maintenance or service points). 9.4 9.4.1 Durability Protection [V2 9027]

Systems, hardware, and equipment shall be protected from and be capable of withstanding forces imposed intentionally or unintentionally by the crew. Rationale: Unintentional damage can occur if items are in a location where crew is focused on other activities, such as translation, moving equipment, or maintaining other systems. Designers are to identify areas of crew activity and decide if exposed hardware and equipment are sufficiently durable for unintended forces. Such hardware and equipment may have to be relocated, guarded, covered, e.g., with close-out panels, or simply designed to be more durable. Intentional damage may result from crewmembers securing or tightening items (latches, retainers, bolts, screws, etc.) using forces beyond their design limits. This often occurs under panic conditions. Hardware designers are to use crew strength data and to assume the crew could apply their maximum strength forces. 9.4.2 Isolation of Crew from Spacecraft Equipment [V2 9028]

Protective provisions, e.g., close-out panels, shall be provided to isolate and separate equipment from the crew within the habitable volume. Rationale: Protective provisions, such as closeout panels, serve the following functions: provide protection from forces in accordance with section 9.4.1, Protection [V2 9027,] in this Standard; provide fire abatement protection and isolation and support of fire extinguishing operations; protect crew from ignition sources and sharp edges and retain debris from coming out into habitable volume; protect equipment from ground or flight crew operations; provide acoustic barrier for noise generated behind panels; minimize snag potential; and prevent loose items or equipment from becoming lost. In addition, protective provisions are designed to provide a smooth surface, faired-in with the adjacent crew compartment structure, and be compatible with crew passageway requirements. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 119 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

9.5 9.5.1

Assembly and Disassembly Hardware and Equipment Mounting and Installation [V2 9029]

System hardware and equipment shall be designed so that it cannot be mounted or installed improperly. Rationale: Ideally, similar items are interchangeable. The preferred method of preventing improper installation and mating is a design that prevents it, such as misaligned mounting holes, pins, or keys. The designs to prevent installation and mating errors are to be rugged enough to withstand persistent attempts. Cues (such as color or labeling) can be provided to remind crewmembers so they save the time of trying to make improper installations. However, these cues are not to be the sole countermeasure to improper installation and mating. 9.5.2 9.5.2.1 Mating and Demating Connector Spacing [V2 9030]

The spacing between connectors shall permit mating and demating by crewmembers wearing expected clothing. Rationale: Adequate access and working space allows personnel to efficiently access equipment in a way that allows nominal and off-nominal tasks to be performed. Access to connectors may be required during equipment assembly, reconfiguration, or maintenance. Access and work envelopes are different for differing tasks. In particular, protective garments, e.g., spacesuits, may be required by the flight crew and are to be accommodated. 9.5.2.2 Connector Actuation without Tools [V2 9031]

Connectors shall be operable without tools for mating and demating. Rationale: Connector actuation includes mating/connecting and demating/disconnecting of a connection. Lost or damaged tools prevent connectors from being connected or disconnected, which may result in LOC or LOM. 9.5.2.3 Incorrect Mating, Demating Prevention [V2 9032]

Cable, gas and fluid lines, and electrical umbilical connectors shall be designed to prevent potential mismating and damage associated with mating or demating tasks. Rationale: Ideally, similar items are interchangeable. The preferred method of preventing improper installation and mating is a design that prevents it, such as misaligned mounting holes, pins, or keys. The designs to prevent installation and mating errors are to be rugged enough to withstand persistent attempts. Cues (such as color or labeling) can be provided to remind APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 120 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
crewmembers so they save the time of trying to make improper installations. However, these cues are not to be the sole countermeasure to improper installation and mating. 9.5.2.4 Mating, Demating Hazards [V2 9033]

The system shall not subject personnel and equipment to hazards, including spills, electrical shocks, and the release of stored energy, during mating or demating. Rationale: Maintenance or service tasks are not likely to be familiar, and thus crews may be more focused on these tasks. Hazards that would normally be identified and avoided may go unnoticed during maintenance. Design requirements and solutions are to identify hazards that are exposed during maintenance activities and determine ways to eliminate these hazards or protect the crew from them. 9.6 9.6.1 Cable Management Cable Management [V2 9034]

The system shall manage cable, wire, and hose location, protection, routing, and retention to prevent physical interference with crew operations and safety. Rationale: Designers are to define areas of activity and route fixed lines and cables so that they are both protected and also do not interfere with these activities. Also, system designers are to focus on non-fixed lines and cables that may be unstowed or moved for a specific task or temporary rearrangement. While the rerouted cable or line may accommodate a specific need, the routing path may interfere with other, non-related activities. Designers are to identify potential uses for lines and cables and ensure the start points, end points, and cable and line routes in between accommodate all crew activities. 9.6.2 Cable Identification [V2 9035]

All maintainable cables, wires, and hoses shall be uniquely identified. Rationale: Some conductors do not terminate in a keyed connector; they are individually attached. It is essential that the conductors be attached to the correct terminal points. All individual conductors that attach to different terminal points are to be coded. Terminal points are normally fixed and can be identified with labels and illustrations. Conductors, on the other hand, are to have identifications affixed to them. This is normally done with color coding of the insulation materials or by tagging the conductors.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 121 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
9.7 9.7.1 9.7.1.1 Design for Maintainability General Design for Maintenance [V2 9036]

The system shall provide the means necessary for the crew to safely and efficiently perform routine service, maintenance, and anticipated unscheduled maintenance activities. Rationale: Maintenance and servicing are not directly related to mission goals. Reduction in the time devoted to maintenance and servicing can mean more crew time devoted to achieving mission goals. Also, because of the complexity of space missions and the interdependency of many factors (equipment, supplies, weather, solar flares, political considerations, etc.), designs are to minimize reliance on outside maintenance support. Designs are to provide the tools, parts, supplies, training, and documentation necessary for crews to maintain efficient and safe operations. 9.7.1.2 Commercial Off-the-Shelf Equipment Maintenance [V2 9037]

Maintenance for commercial off-the-shelf equipment shall be suitable to the space flight environment. Rationale: Systems designed for terrestrial environments may be adapted for space missions. This adaptation is to include procedures and features that will allow maintenance tasks to be performed safely and effectively in a space mission environment. Major changes that likely need accommodation are differences in gravity or crewmembers wearing gloves. 9.7.1.3 In-Flight Tool Set [V2 9038]

Each program shall establish a set of in-flight tools necessary to maintain or reconfigure the space flight system. Rationale: Tool set design is to be based partly on reducing the demands on the crew: selecting tools that are likely to be familiar to crewmembers and minimizing the number of different tools. Also, tools are to be usable by the full range of crew sizes and strengths wearing any protective equipment (EVA suits, protective eyewear, gloves, etc.). 9.7.2 9.7.2.1 Maintenance Efficiency Maintenance Time [V2 9039]

Planned maintenance for systems and associated hardware and equipment shall be capable of being performed within the allotted crew schedule.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 122 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Maintenance and servicing are not directly related to mission goals. Reduction in the time devoted to maintenance and servicing can mean more crew time devoted to achieving mission goals. Also, because of the complexity of space missions and the interdependency of many factors (equipment, supplies, weather, solar flares, political considerations, etc.), designs are to minimize reliance on outside maintenance support. Designs are to provide the tools, parts, supplies, training, and documentation necessary for crews to maintain efficient and safe operations. 9.7.2.2 Minimizing Maintenance [V2 9040]

All systems and equipment shall be designed to reduce the need for maintenance. Rationale: Maintenance and servicing are not directly related to mission goals. Reduction in the time devoted to maintenance and servicing can mean more crew time devoted to achieving mission goals. Also, because of the complexity of space missions and the interdependency of many factors (equipment, supplies, weather, solar flares, political considerations, etc.), designs are to minimize reliance on outside maintenance support. Designs are to provide the tools, parts, supplies, training, and documentation necessary for crews to maintain efficient and safe operations. 9.7.2.3 Equipment Modularity [V2 9041]

Where possible, equipment shall be replaceable as modular units. Rationale: Modular units can reduce maintenance times by eliminating removal, replacement, and checkout of individual components. Modular units may also reduce training times. 9.7.2.4 Captive Fasteners [V2 9042]

Fasteners used by the crew during maintenance shall be captive. Rationale: Fasteners can be lost either by loosening during normal use or by becoming misplaced during maintenance operations. Space missions are generally isolated, and replacement parts are not available. This is particularly important in zero gravity environments because small items such as fasteners can be very difficult to find. 9.7.2.5 Minimum Number of Fasteners - Item [V2 9043]

For items that may be serviceable by the crew, the number of fasteners used shall be the minimum required to meet structural engineering design practices. Rationale: Designers can add a safety factor to some configurations by increasing the number of fasteners. However, when crews are to routinely remove the fasteners, selection of the number of fasteners is also to consider reduction of crew time devoted to maintenance activities. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 123 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
9.7.2.6 Minimum Variety of Fasteners - System [V2 9044]

The system shall be serviceable with a common set of fasteners that meet structural engineering design practices. Rationale: Different fasteners require different tools and procedures for removal and replacement. Commonality of fasteners can reduce times to access and the need for different tools. It can also reduce training times necessary to introduce crews to the fastener types. 9.7.3 9.7.3.1 Accessibility Maintenance Item Location [V2 9045]

The system shall locate maintenance items so that the maintenance task does not require the removal or disabling of other systems or components. Rationale: Location of items depends on many factors (physical room, interface with other items, manufacturing considerations, etc.), and maintenance can be easily overlooked. It is important, therefore, that, early in a design, system developers identify those items that will require maintenance. Accessibility to those items then becomes a higher priority in selecting the location of these items. 9.7.3.2 Check and Service Point Accessibility [V2 9046]

Check points and service points for systems, hardware, and equipment shall be directly accessible. Rationale: System designs are to support mission goals that do not normally devote crew time to maintenance tasks. Removal of items to access check and service points increases maintenance times. Also, complex and time-intensive maintenance procedures could discourage performance of scheduled tasks. 9.7.3.3 Maintenance Accommodation [V2 9047]

Physical work access envelopes shall accommodate the crew and any protective equipment needed to perform maintenance. Rationale: Maintenance tasks are to be defined and analyzed with worst-case assumptions. Volume is to be provided to allow the size extremes in the crewmembers performing the tasks using proper tools and protective equipment within the prescribed times. 9.7.3.4 Visual Access for Maintenance [V2 9048]

Maintenance tasks that require visual feedback shall be directly visible during task performance. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 124 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Efficient and safe performance of many maintenance tasks requires vision during task performance. In crowded spaces, hands and tools can block vision of the task. On those tasks that require vision during task performance (such as alignments or adjustments), designers are to locate and design equipment to provide this vision. 9.7.3.5 Hand Clearance for Maintenance [V2 9049]

Clearance shall be provided for the crewmember to obtain hand access during maintenance. Rationale: Hand clearance for in-flight maintenance tasks is to be provided by the hardware developer to ensure that maintenance tasks can be performed. 9.7.3.6 Tool Clearance [V2 9050]

The system shall provide tool clearances for tool installation and actuation for all tool interfaces during in-flight maintenance. Rationale: Tools to be used for in-flight maintenance are to be identified by the hardware developer, and clearance for application is to be accommodated to ensure that maintenance tasks can be performed. 9.7.4 9.7.4.1 Failure Notification Fault Detection [V2 9051]

The system shall provide rapid and positive fault detection and isolation of defective items. Rationale: Fault detection is a means to reduce crew time devoted to maintenance activities. Properly designed aids to fault detection and isolation can also reduce crew training requirements. Terminology, references, and graphics used are to be coordinated with other crew task demands so as to minimize additional training. Designers are to define systems that are likely to fail and then create features that help identify these failures when they occur. In addition to the fault detection and isolation capabilities, the crew is to be provided tools and supplies to maintain and repair the defective systems. 9.7.4.2 Failure Notification [V2 9052]

The system shall alert the crew when critical equipment has failed or is not operating within tolerance limits. Rationale: An alerting system decreases the cognitive load on the crew: they do not have to try to surmise a system failure based on symptoms. Terminology, references, and graphics used are to be coordinated with other crew task demands so as to minimize additional training.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 125 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

9.8 9.8.1 9.8.1.1

Protective and Emergency Equipment Protective Equipment General Protective Equipment [V2 9053]

9.8.1.1.1

Protective equipment shall be provided to protect the crew from expected hazards. Rationale: Analyses are to define anticipated hazards and appropriate protective equipment. Protective equipment might include gloves, respirators, goggles, and pressure suits. The equipment is to fit the full range of crewmembers. This might require adjustable gear or multiple sizes (with consideration of the number of crewmembers that may have to use the equipment at the same time.) Because the gear could be used under emergency conditions, it is to be located so that it is easily accessed and is to be simple to adjust and don. 9.8.1.1.2 Protective Equipment Use [V2 9054]

Protective equipment shall not interfere with the crews ability to conduct the nominal or contingency operations, which the crew is expected to perform while employing the protective equipment, including communication between crewmembers and with ground personnel. Rationale: Analyses are to be performed of the situations and operations in which protective equipment is to be used. This analysis is to define the task demands and the requirements for protective equipment design. Task performance demands might include visibility, range of motion, dexterity, and ability to communicate. 9.8.1.1.3 Protective Equipment Automation [V2 9055]

Automation of protective equipment shall be provided when the crew cannot perform assigned tasks. Rationale: The crew may need to perform tasks to activate protective equipment operation or to activate rescue aids. If these tasks are to be performed under emergency or stressful conditions (where the crewmember is distracted or disabled), then the tasks are to be automated. An example of an automatically activated protective system is the automatic parachute release device. The emergency locator transmitter in an airplane is an example of an automatically activated rescue system.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 126 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
9.8.1.2 9.8.1.2.1 Hearing Protection Use of Hearing Protection [V2 9056]

The system shall meet SPL limits of section 6.6.2, Acoustic Limits, in this Standard, except where otherwise specified in this Standard, without requiring the use of personal hearing protection. Rationale: Hearing protection normally operates by decreasing the level of sound at the ear (passive protection). Normal, long-term operations are to be conducted without the impairment to hearing from hearing protection. This would interfere with the ability to communicate and hear audio signals. In some situations (such as launch and reentry), however, noise levels may be uncontrollably high for relatively short periods. Facilities for communications and audio signals can be adapted so that they are possible in those situations. Requirements are to specify those periods allowing the use of hearing protection, and then designs are to accommodate effective crew functioning during that time. 9.8.1.2.2 Hearing Protection Provision [V2 9057]

Appropriate personal hearing protection shall be provided to the crew during all mission phases for contingency or personal preference. Rationale: Crews are to have readily accessible hearing protection for unanticipated high noise levels. Hearing protection is also to be available to block noise according to individual preferences, such as for concentration or for sleep. 9.8.1.2.3 Hearing Protection Interference [V2 9058]

The system shall be designed so that hearing protection does not inhibit voice communication, monitoring of systems, and detection of alerts. Rationale: Some conditions might temporarily expose the crew to high noise levels. Facilities for communications and audio signals can be adapted so that they are possible in those situations. Requirements are to specify those periods allowing the use of hearing protection, and then designs are to accommodate effective crew functioning during that time. 9.8.2 9.8.2.1 Fire Protection System Fire Detecting, Warning, and Extinguishing [V2 9059]

A fire protection system comprised of detecting, warning, and extinguishing devices shall be provided to all spacecraft volumes during all mission phases without creating a hazardous environment.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 127 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Fire protection is to be based on the anticipated nature of the fire and the likely location of the crew in the event of a fire. Automated systems are to be used where crews are not capable of extinguishing anticipated fires (large fires or fires where crew could be absent). Other systems may be effectively protected with portable extinguishers. Hand-operated extinguishers are to be clearly labeled and easily accessed by the crew. All extinguishing systems are not to create any additional hazardous conditions for the crew. 9.8.2.2 Fire Protection System Health and Status [V2 9060]

The fire protection system health and status data shall be provided to the crew and other mission systems. Rationale: Design requirements are to ensure that the crew has the capability of determining the health and status of the fire protection system. The crew is to be aware as soon as possible when the fire protection system has failed or is unreliable. 9.8.2.3 Fire Protection System Failure Alerting [V2 9061]

The crew shall be alerted to failures of the fire protection system. Rationale: Design requirements are to ensure that the crew is notified in the event the fire protection system fails. The crew is to be aware as soon as possible when the fire protection system cannot be relied upon. 9.8.2.4 Fire Protection System Activation [V2 9062]

The fire protection system shall be capable of being manually activated and deactivated. Rationale: Automated systems may fail and not respond correctly to a fire or may continue extinguishing after a fire is under control. Design requirements are to ensure that the crew is provided with a fire protection system that allows for manual activation and deactivation. 9.8.2.5 Portable Fire Extinguishers [V2 9063]

A fire protection system shall include manually operated portable fire extinguishers. Rationale: Small fires might be detected and controlled early (before detection by an automated system). Design requirements are to ensure that the crew is provided with a portable firefighting capability, even if a fixed firefighting system is provided. 9.8.3 Emergency Equipment Accessibility [V2 9064]

Emergency equipment shall be accessible and useable to complete emergency response in the time required. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 128 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Design requirements are to consider all emergency scenarios requiring access to emergency equipment. The location and proximity of emergency equipment, with respect to the crew, impacts the accessibility of emergency equipment. Requirements need to be defined in terms of time constraints to perform emergency actions. Furthermore, each emergency may have a unique time requirement and, therefore, a different constraint on access.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 129 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 10. CREW INTERFACES

This section covers the crew interfaces through which static and dynamic information is exchanged between the crew and the system (primarily through controls and displays). Welldesigned crew interfaces are critical for crew safety and productivity and for minimizing training requirements. Visual displays deliver information by using visible media to present text, graphics, colors, images, video, and symbols. Audio displays deliver information using sound and include communication and audio alarms. Labels form a distinct class of crew interfaces, usually providing a static identification of a device or device component or brief static message. Labels may be text or graphic symbols. Communication systems form another special class of crew interfaces, involving ongoing dynamic exchange of voice and/or video information between humans or between humans and systems. 10.1 General

10.1.1 Usability 10.1.1.1 Usability Acceptance Criteria [V2 10001]

Each program shall define usability acceptance criteria for crew interfaces. Rationale: Usable crew interfaces allow users to achieve task goals efficiently, effectively, and with satisfaction. Efficiency, effectiveness, and satisfaction are the three major components of usability; therefore, acceptance criteria for all three should be defined by every program. Effective crew interfaces allow users to achieve specified tasks with accuracy and completeness. Efficient crew interfaces allow users to expend appropriate amounts of resources, e.g., time, workload, to achieve the effectiveness necessary in a specified context of use. Users are satisfied with a crew interface if they are willing to use a crew interface and have positive subjective responses and attitudes toward the crew interface. 10.1.1.2 Crew Interface Provision [V2 10002]

The system shall provide crew interfaces that enable the crew to perform their tasks effectively, e.g., within acceptable error limits and scheduled operating times. Rationale: For optimal safety and productivity, crew interfaces are to support crew performance effectively with minimal errors. Errors are to be defined in the context of a usability test (a structured evaluation involving the performance of representative high-fidelity tasks, during which usability data such as completion times, errors, and verbal protocol comments are gathered). Usability errors include missed or incorrect inputs or selections, navigation errors, loss of SA, and inability to complete a task. The usability error rate is to be computed as a percentage and is to be calculated from the ratio of the number of task steps performed erroneously to the number of total task steps. A minimal impact error is defined as an error that does not result in a change to the vehicle state. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 130 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.1.1.3 Provision of Usable Interfaces [V2 10003]

The system shall provide crew interfaces that are efficient, e.g., with reduced training time, task time, errors, and frustration. Rationale: Efficiency is determined by time on task, number of errors made, and the training demands. Maximizing efficiency should not be achieved through high training demands or performance pressure. Crew interfaces that do not maximize efficiency can result in frustration. 10.1.2 Handling Qualities Handling qualities are defined as those qualities or characteristics of [dynamic vehicle control] that govern the ease and precision with which a [user] is able to perform the tasks required (Cooper and Harper, 1969). The Cooper-Harper rating scale is a standard method for measuring handling qualities. 10.1.2.1 Controllability and Maneuverability [V2 10004]

The system shall have controllability and maneuverability to meet system performance requirements. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure that the crew is able to control the vehicle or any vehicle systems that require manual operation under nominal, contingency, or multiplefailure conditions. Examples of system performance requirements are landing time (and accuracy) and docking time (and accuracy). The Cooper-Harper rating scale is a measure of controllability, given that a standard training baseline exists. (See Appendix A, Reference Documents, in this Standard.) 10.1.3 Standardization 10.1.3.1 Crew Interfaces Standardization [V2 10005]

Crew interfaces shall be standardized throughout a system. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure as much commonality and consistency as possible across a system. This facilitates learning and minimizes interface-induced crew error. Standardized/common interfaces are easy to learn and use, because new learning does not have to occur with each new interface. The use of lower level design standards and guidelines that specify the look (visual characteristics) and feel (style of interaction or operation) can help ensure standardization. 10.1.3.2 Operations Nomenclature Standardization [V2 10006]

Operational nomenclature shall be standardized throughout a system. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 131 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: It is imperative that space flight operations personnel, including all ground personnel and crewmembers, communicate using common nomenclature that unambiguously and uniquely defines all aspects of crew operations. This includes but is not limited to defining the operations, the methods employed by the crew, the equipment, hardware, and software items used, and any associated data. This nomenclature is also to be common among all operational products, including commands, procedures, displays, planning products, reference information, system handbooks, system briefs, mission rules, schematics, and payloads operations products. 10.1.3.3 Display Standards and Icon Library [V2 10007]

Each program shall establish display standards and an icon library. Rationale: A program-wide label plan is to explicitly specify the characteristics of labels, such as font, size, style, color, etc., and includes many example pictures. A display standards document subsequently results in increased usability and safety since the plan enforces standardization. It also results in cost savings, since the plan simplifies label verification. 10.1.3.4 Units of Measure [V2 10008]

Units of measure shall be consistent across like items. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure the use of one unit across a system for common types of measurements. This minimizes crew training and the potential for conversion errors by crew and ground personnel, which can impact crew and vehicle safety. 10.1.3.5 Crew Interface Operations Standardization [V2 10009]

Methods of operating crew interfaces shall be standardized within and across spacecraft. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure as much commonality and consistency of crew interface operations as possible across a spacecraft. This facilitates learning and minimizes interface-induced crew error. For example, if the operational design of a toggle switch for one spacecraft is such that up is on and down is off, that operational design should be the same across all spacecraft to avoid the potential for error and reduce training requirements. 10.1.3.6 Consistent Displays and Controls [V2 10010]

Crew interfaces shall use consistent control and display layout within and across spacecraft. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure as much consistency of display and controls as possible across a spacecraft. Consistent layouts make crew interfaces easy to learn and use, because learning does not have to occur when new displays or controls are encountered within or across the spacecraft.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 132 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.1.3.7 Displays and Controls Commonality [V2 10011]

Display and control interfaces performing similar functions shall have commonality. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure as much commonality of displays and controls as possible across a system. This can be achieved by specifying a standard look (visual characteristics) and feel (style of interaction or operation) for similar displays and controls. Common displays and controls are easy to learn and use because learning does not have to occur with each display or control. 10.1.3.8 Consistent Procedures [V2 10012]

Procedures for performing similar tasks shall be consistent. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure as much consistency of procedures as possible across a system. This can be achieved by specifying a standard look (visual characteristics) and feel (style of interaction or operation) for task procedures that are similar. The design of similar procedures should be consistent in terms of structure, format, sequence of steps, and other attributes. Consistent procedures are easy to learn and use because learning does not have to occur when new procedures are encountered. This applies to both the task actions as well as the documentation of procedures, such as training materials and instructions. 10.1.4 Distinction 10.1.4.1 Display and Control Distinctions [V2 10013]

Display and control actions that result in different outcomes shall be distinguishable to preclude unintended results. Rationale: Display and control actions that have different outcomes are not to be easily confused, else errors result. It is important that display and control actions be distinct, having different visual and operational characteristics. 10.1.4.2 Syntax Distinction [V2 10014]

The syntax of any two entered commands that result in different outcomes shall be distinguishable to preclude issuing of the unintended command. Rationale: The syntax of commands that have different outcomes should be easy to differentiate. As an example, ending a program or navigating to the end of the data set should be issued by different commands such as "Quit" and "Go to End." Using the command "End" for both could be confusing to a person using a data base.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 133 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.1.5 Use of Cues, Prompts, or Other Aids 10.1.5.1 Use of Cues [V2 10015]

Crew interfaces shall use cues to reduce the demand on crewmember memory to allow the crew to accomplish their tasks within the required performance parameters. Rationale: Design requirements are to ensure that visual, auditory, or haptic cues are used as appropriate to communicate information and options and to remind the crew of expected events or actions. Such cues can speed understanding, maximize productivity, and minimize error. Visual, auditory, and haptic cues can be designed to communicate meaning, an event or condition, or group membership. Examples of reminder cues are pop-up visual alerts or auditory alarms. Examples of option cues are menus or other lists of applicable items. 10.1.5.2 Cue Saliency [V2 10016]

Cues shall be used such that the saliency of the cue is consistent with the importance of the message to be conveyed. Rationale: Visual, auditory, and haptic cues are to be highly noticeable when the message being conveyed is important and less noticeable when the message to be conveyed is not as important. The most important or critical alerts are to be highly noticeable, and less important alerts are to be less noticeable. This is done so that, when there is an off-nominal event, the response of the crew is appropriate. 10.1.6 System Interaction 10.1.6.1 System Health and Status [V2 10017]

The system shall provide system health and status information to the crew, either automatically or by request. Rationale: Key system parameters and off-nominal system trend data are to be available for crew viewing. System health and status information is critical for the crew to retain SA and to have the information necessary to make decisions and troubleshoot problems. 10.1.6.2 System Messages [V2 10018]

System messages shall be specific and informative. Rationale: System messages are to be clearly written and understandable, so that they provide all the information necessary to address any issue at hand. Messages that are not specific and informative can cause errors. For example, when performing certain scientific experiments, a person may need to take certain actions at specific times throughout the experiment. Therefore, it may be necessary to display the actual time elapsed in seconds versus providing a simple on/off APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 134 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
indicator. This level of detail is determined as a result of a task analysis of the scientific operation. 10.1.6.3 Display Update [V2 10019]

Data shall be updated for display within 1.0 second of the crew-commanded state change. Rationale: When a change to vehicle state occurs, that change is to be reflected on the display monitor within 1.0 second. State changes are changes to the configuration or functional state of vehicle subsystems and components. A state change can be hardware or software. Excessive delays in the presentation of information lead to a decrease in productivity and an increase in frustration. 10.1.6.4 Missing Data Display [V2 10020]

When the display of a data parameter cannot be completed, because it is missing or unavailable, the system shall provide feedback to the crew within the time specified in table 17, Maximum System Response Time(s). Rationale: Feedback on data that are unavailable, i.e., lost or stale, is important to the crew for accurately weighing data during troubleshooting and decision-making periods. Table 17 Maximum System Response Time(s) System Response System Response Time (s) Indication of a discrete input, e.g., keystroke 0.1 Display of information on crew request 1.0 Local update of crew selection, e.g., menu 0.5 Display of updated data on crew command of 1.0 state change Feedback that the crew's command is in 2.0 progress, completed, or cannot be completed 10.1.6.5 Control Feedback [V2 10021]

The system shall provide a positive indication of crew-initiated control activation. Rationale: A positive indication of control activation is used to acknowledge the system response to the control action. For example, a physical detent, an audible click, an integral light, or a switch position may be used to provide a positive indication of control activation. 10.1.6.6 System Feedback [V2 10022]

The system shall provide feedback to the crew in accordance with the system response times in table 17. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 135 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Response times that are too long will impair interaction, often resulting in additional, redundant inputs, errors, and frustration. Minimizing variability in response time is also important. 10.1.7 Electronic Procedures 10.1.7.1 Current Procedure Step [V2 10023]

The system shall indicate to the crew which step in the electronically displayed procedure is currently being executed. Rationale: The current procedure line is to be highlighted in some way to prevent the crew from missing steps, which can result in errors and wasted time. In addition, if the crew becomes distracted or called to support a different task and needs to be able to come back to the last completed step, devices/markers should be available to support resuming the interrupted procedure. 10.1.7.2 Completed Procedure Steps [V2 10024]

The system shall indicate to the crew which steps in the electronically displayed procedure have been completed. Rationale: This requirement prevents the crew from re-executing steps in a procedure by highlighting the steps that have been completed. Completed steps need to be highlighted in some way to prevent the crew from re-executing steps, which can result in errors and wasted time. 10.1.7.3 View of Procedure Steps [V2 10025]

The system shall provide a method for viewing prior and future steps in the electronically displayed procedure. Rationale: The crew is to be able to look back in procedures to see what has been completed and to be able to look forward in procedures to see upcoming steps. 10.1.7.4 Procedure Flexibility [V2 10026] The system shall provide a method for the crew to make real-time insertion, deletion, and rearrangement of electronic procedures. Rational: During the course of a mission, the crew may need to make real-time modifications of procedures. In addition, performance can often be more effective if the sequence of procedures remains flexible throughout the mission. For lunar robotic activities, a priori information (resolution of maps, simulation of mobility over lunar regolith) of the lunar surface (or lack thereof), plans, and timelines for activities will be subject to change in real time. Real-time APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 136 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
replanning of lunar surface activities will be necessary, and corresponding electronic procedures will need to be rearranged and assessed accordingly. 10.1.8 Error Prevention and Recovery 10.1.8.1 Inadvertent Operation Prevention [V2 10027]

Control systems shall be designed to prevent inadvertent operation. Rationale: This requirement allows for the design to preclude inadvertent operation. For example, accidental activation by bumping can be prevented by the use of guards, covers, and physical separation from other controls. Accidental activation of commands using a computer display can be prevented with an arm-fire mechanism. This requirement is not intended to prevent operators from initially selecting the wrong control. 10.1.8.2 Inadvertent Operation Recovery [V2 10028]

Control systems shall be designed to allow for recovery from inadvertent operation and accidental changes in system status. Rationale: This requirement allows for the design of mechanisms for undoing a control input. If there has been an inadvertent input or a mistake in input, design requirements are to ensure the crew can recover with minimal impact. 10.2 Layout of Displays and Controls

10.2.1 Location 10.2.1.1 Display and Control Visibility and Reach [V2 10029]

Displays and controls shall be visible and be within the functional reach envelope of the crew. Rationale: Controls are to be within the operator's reach envelope under all vehicle conditions, e.g., g-loads and vibration, and all crew conditions, e.g., suited, seated, restrained, and unrestrained. Controls can include display devices such as touch screens. 10.2.1.2 Display and Control Location and Design [V2 10030]

Displays and controls shall be located and designed so that they may be used to the required degree of accuracy by the crew in normal operating positions. Rationale: During the design process, trade-off of location of critical controls is to be made; however, all controls are required to be within the functional reach envelope of the crew. This requirement is intended to encourage the design of a layout that optimizes operations in the cockpit. Displays are to be seen and controls usable with expected postures. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 137 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

10.2.1.3

High Priority Displays and Controls [V2 10031]

Emergency, critical, important, and most frequently used displays and controls shall be provided privileged positions in the crews viewing and operating zones. Rationale: During the design process, trade-off of location of critical controls is to be made; however, all controls are required to be within the functional reach envelope of the crew. The most important or critical displays and controls are to be located in the most prominent, noticeable locations and also be quickly accessible. This helps ensure quick processing and reaction to important displays and controls. 10.2.2 Display and Control Grouping [V2 10032] Displays and controls shall be grouped according to purpose or function. Rationale: This requirement is intended to encourage the design of a layout that optimizes operations in the cockpit. This would help ensure that displays and controls are easily accessible when used together. 10.2.3 Display-Control Relationships 10.2.3.1 Display-Control Relationships [V2 10033]

All display-control relationships shall be logical and explicit. Rationale: The relationship between displays and controls needs to be obvious. This relationship can be indicated by relative location, color coding, and labeling. This requirement is intended to encourage the design of a layout that optimizes operations in the cockpit. This helps ensure that it is easy for the crew to understand how displays and controls are related without additional instructions or explanations. 10.2.3.2 Display and Control Movement Compatibility [V2 10034]

Displays shall be designed to be compatible with control movement, e.g., control motion to the right is compatible with clockwise roll, right turn, and direct movement to the right. Rationale: The movement of a control is to have an intuitive correspondence to the movement on a display. This helps ensure easy understanding of relations between controls and displays. 10.2.3.3 Display and Control Sequence of Use [V2 10035]

Displays and controls shall be arranged in relation to one another according to their sequence of use. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 138 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Rapid, error-free operation and quick comprehension of system status are all improved by well-designed co-location of related controls. Displays and controls that are used in sequence are to be placed accordingly. 10.3 Displays

10.3.1 Display Design 10.3.1.1 Display Identifying Features [V2 10036]

Displays shall have identifying features (such as location, size, shape, and color) that allow the crew to correctly navigate, locate, and identify the display in a timely manner. Rationale: Display characteristics are to make displays easy to identify to prevent confusion and loss of SA. 10.3.1.2 Display Area [V2 10037]

The system shall provide the display area to present all critical task information within a crewmember's field of regard. Rationale: To ensure that critical tasks can be performed quickly, easily, and accurately, especially during critical mission phases, it is important to avoid scrolling or switching among several display pages and to avoid excessive head or body movement by the crewmember to view several displays. 10.3.2 Display Content 10.3.2.1 Display Interpretation [V2 10038]

Displays shall be accurately interpretable within the time required to meet mission needs. Rationale: To increase the users accuracy, displays need to provide the required information in a manner that is compatible with the operating environment and the decision to be made. 10.3.2.2 Display Readability [V2 10039]

Displays shall be readable by the crew from the crews operating locations and orientation. Rationale: Design of the displays is to be appropriate for the possible viewing angles, distances of the crew, and the expected environmental conditions during use (such as high acceleration and or vibration). This will ensure that the information on the displays will be accurately and completely read from all operating locations and orientations.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 139 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.3.2.3 Display Information [V2 10040]

Information displayed shall be relevant, sufficient, but not excessive, to allow the crew to make decisions and perform the intended actions. Rationale: Displays are to contain the information necessary to perform the task at hand. Too little or too much information decreases efficiency or makes task completion impossible. For example, providing a cue that a personal email has just come in would probably be considered excessive while performing robotic operations, as would providing 100 lines of data when only 2 lines of data are relevant and sufficient to accomplish task objectives. 10.3.2.4 Display Information Relevancy [V2 10041]

Information displayed shall be relevant to the current task. Rationale: The crew is to have access to all necessary and sufficient information to accomplish the task. If there is information displayed that is not important for the current task, it may slow down task completion by causing confusion. 10.3.2.5 Display Information Flow [V2 10042]

Information displayed shall be grouped, arranged, and located to support task flow. Rationale: The information displayed should be grouped, arranged, and located based on frequency of use, sequence of use, and criticality to support the task flow. This helps ensure that the task is accomplished in a timely manner. 10.3.2.6 Display Navigation [V2 10043]

Display navigation shall allow the crew to move within and among displays without loss of SA and in a timely manner. Rationale: Unnecessary steps in navigation may increase task time and may reduce SA of the crew. In general, to make navigation more transparent, it is recommended to have a shallow navigational structure for navigation instead of a deep structure. 10.3.2.7 Display Nomenclature [V2 10044]

The nomenclature for each item or process shall be self-explanatory and direct the crew to the function or usage of the item. Rationale: Item and process names are to be easy to understand and to remember. This limits the time spent on recognizing and understanding names. Also, this limits the training needed to understand the nomenclature of the items. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 140 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.3.2.8 Display Coding Redundancy [V2 10045]

For critical information and critical tasks, when color is used to convey meaning, the system shall provide an additional cue. Rationale: Redundant coding is required to accommodate the variability in people's capability to see color under different lighting conditions and to increase the saliency of identification markings. Redundant cues can include labels, icons, and speech messages. 10.3.2.9 Measurement Units [V2 10046]

Units of measure shall be displayed with their corresponding values. Rationale: Measurement units are to be identifiable with the correct magnitude and scale. This ensures correct decision making when comparing or using these units in some other way. 10.3.3 Visual Display Devices 10.3.3.1 Visual Display Legibility [V2 10047]

Displays shall be legible in the viewing conditions expected during task performance. Rationale: Legibility includes both text elements, as well as meaningful graphic elements, such as symbols, icons, and maps, and is important for the timely and accurate processing of information. Legibility depends upon display properties, such as resolution and contrast, as well as text properties, such as font contrast, color, and size, background color and texture, as well the visual capabilities of the crew and the ambient illumination. In addition, the possible viewing angles, distances of the crew from displays, the presence of a visor, and the expected environmental conditions during use (such as high acceleration and/or vibration) need to be considered. 10.3.3.2 Visual Display Parameters [V2 10048]

Displays shall meet the visual display requirements in table 18, Visual Display Parameters. Rationale: Legibility of displayed information is important for the timely and accurate processing of information. To ensure legibility and visual quality, displays are to have sufficient spatial and temporal resolution, brightness, luminance contrast, and color gamut, taking into account the ambient illumination, glare, reflections, vibration, and distance, position, and orientation of the display relative to the crew.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 141 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Table 18Visual Display Parameters
Metric
Peak white luminance Ambient contrast ratio Color gamut area Viewing angle

Minimum
25 cd/m 10 0.17 -45 deg
2

Maximum
---+45 deg

Context
Emissive displays

Notes 100 cd/m2 preferred


Includes ambient illumination Fraction of CIE 1976 uv chromaticity space Four point viewing angle (left, right, up, down), contrast and color gamut criteria met

Color displays

Spatial resolution Frame rate Moving edge blur

32 pixels/deg 60 Hz --

--15 ms

Image and video displays Video displays Using metric GET (preferable) or BET; use average of five equal lightness levels, including white and black

-Image and video 224 (1,627,716) displays 212 -Text and graphics (4,096) displays Number of gray 28 -B/W image and levels (256) video displays Note: Except where noted, metrics are as defined as in International Committee on Display Metrology (ICDM), Display Measurement Standard (DMS 1.0), or Video Electronics Standards Association (VESA) Flat Panel Display Measurements (FPDM 2.0). Further details on metrics may be found in chapter 10, Crew Interfaces, of the HIDH. Number of colors

10.3.3.3

Visual Display Character Parameters [V2 10049]

Displays shall meet the visual display character requirements in table 19, Visual Display Character Parameters. Rationale: Character (text) elements are a critical component of displayed information, and the legibility of characters is important for timely and accurate processing of information. To ensure legibility of text, characters are to have sufficient luminance contrast and size, taking into account the ambient illumination, glare, reflections, vibration, and distance, position, and orientation of the display relative to the crew. Font height in degrees refers to the angle subtended at the eye by the height of an upper-case letter in the font.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 142 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Table 19Visual Display Character Parameters Metric Minimum Notes Character contrast 0.2 Includes ambient illumination Character height 0.25 deg 0.4 deg preferred. (0.25 deg is 10-point type at 32 in) 10.3.3.4 Display Font [V2 10050]

Font size and type shall be selected to ensure acquisition, readability, and interpretability of visual displays. Rationale: Choice of text font and size can have a large impact on legibility and is important for the timely and accurate processing of information. While a minimum character height may be acceptable in some circumstances, in general, the size required depends on the task. For example, the smallest font sizes are acceptable for occasional scrutiny, but comfortable reading relies on larger font sizes; rapid comprehension of critical displays relies on larger fonts still. All font size choices depend on the visual capabilities of the crew, including visual acuity and ability to accommodate. In addition, the possible viewing angles, distances of the crew from displays, and the expected environmental conditions during use (such as high acceleration and or vibration) need to be considered. 10.3.4 Audio Displays 10.3.4.1 General Audio Displays

10.3.4.1.1 Sound Intelligibility [V2 10051] The system shall be designed to provide sufficient sound intelligibility to ensure audio display usability. Rationale: Auditory displays are to be audible as well as interpretable by the crew. 10.3.4.1.2 Intelligibility of Electronically Stored Speech Messages [V2 10052] Electronically stored speech messages from audio displays shall have 100 percent intelligibility and discriminability between the ensemble of different messages the audio display is programmed to produce (as measured under realistic background noise conditions and at locations where the display will be used). Rationale: Some audio displays and alarms express their messages using electronically stored speech. The consequences of misunderstanding these messages can result in lost time and possible missed or false alarms and can ultimately be a critical safety issue.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 143 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.3.4.1.3 Sound Pressure Level [V2 10053] The system shall be designed to provide sufficient SPLs, above background noise and compliant with acoustic limits, to ensure audio display usability. Rationale: Auditory displays are to be audible as well as interpretable by the crew. This helps makes sure that appropriate responses are taken as needed. 10.3.4.1.4 Sound Distortion Level [V2 10054] The system shall be designed to provide audio signals with a minimal level of distortion and an appropriate frequency range to ensure usability of the audio display. Rationale: Auditory displays are to be audible as well as interpretable by the crew. This helps makes sure that appropriate responses are taken as needed. 10.3.4.1.5 Distinguishable and Consistent Alarms [V2 10055] The system shall be designed to provide distinguishable and consistent alarms to ensure audio display usability. Rationale: Different types of alarms (different enough to be easy to identify) are to be used. To avoid confusion, the alarm system is to use a distinctive signal to ensure appropriate responses from the crew. 10.3.4.2 Sound Characteristics

10.3.4.2.1 Audio Display Sound Level [V2 10056] Alarms shall produce auditory annunciations with an SPL that meets at least one of the following criteria: a. Using measurements of A-weighted sound levels (ISO 7731:2003(E), Ergonomics danger signals for public and work areas Auditory danger signals, method a) in 5.2.2.1), the difference between the two A-weighted SPLs of the signal and the ambient noise is greater than 15 dBA (LS,A to LN,A > 15 dBA). b. Using measurements of octave band SPLs [ISO 7731:2003(E), method b) in 5.2.3.1], the SPL of the signal in one or more octave bands is greater than the effective masked threshold by at least 10 dB in the frequency range from 250 Hz to 4,000 Hz (LSi,oct to Lti,oct > 10 dB). c. Using measurements of 1/3 octave band SPLs [ISO 7731:2003(E), method c) in 5.2.3.2], the SPL of the signal in one or more 1/3 octave bands is greater than the effective masked threshold by 13 dB in the frequency range from 250 Hz to 4,000 Hz (LSi,1/3oct to LTi,1/3oct > 13 dB). APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 144 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Rationale: To get the attention of the crew, alarms are to be louder than the background noise. The masking threshold is the SPL of a sound one needs to hear in the presence of a masker signal. Having the audio displays 13 dB above the masked threshold ensures that the crew can hear them, regardless of the background noise. 10.3.4.2.2 Reverberation Time [V2 10057] The system shall provide a reverberation time of less than 0.6 seconds within the 500-Hz, 1-kHz, and 2-kHz octave bands. Rationale: This 0.6-second reverberation time requirement limits degradation of speech intelligibility to no more than 10 percent for ideal signal-to-noise ratios of >30 dB or 15 percent for a signal-to-noise ratio of 3 dB (Harris, 1997). 10.3.4.2.3 Frequency [V2 10058] Frequency content of auditory alarms shall correspond to maximal human sensitivity (200 Hz to 4 kHz). Rationale: Auditory alarms are to use frequencies that are appropriate for human hearing. Using frequencies below or above those appropriate for human hearing makes auditory displays inaudible for the crew. 10.3.4.2.4 Auditory Alarms for Sleeping Crewmembers [V2 10059] If the alarm signal is intended to arouse sleeping crewmembers, the requirement in section 10.3.4.2.1, Audio Display Sound Level [V2 10056], in this Standard shall be increased by an additional 5-dB signal-to-noise ratio at the sleep head-location with all sleep station doors closed. Rationale: Although conclusive data do not exist, the additional 5 dB will better assure the awakening of sleeping crewmembers so that they can respond to emergency alarms. 10.3.5 Labels 10.3.5.1 Label Provision [V2 10060]

Labels shall be provided, as necessary, for the crew to identify items, interpret and follow nominal and contingency procedures, and avoid hazards. Rationale: Crew interface items are to have identifiers (labels) to aid in crew training and errorfree operation. Labels reduce memory load and improve accuracy of tasks. This includes identification of emergency equipment and procedures.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 145 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.3.5.2 Label Standardization [V2 10061]

Labels shall be consistent and standardized throughout the system. Rationale: Standardization of labels reduces learning and recognition times, which is especially important in emergencies. Specific labels are always to be used for the same type of item, and similarities are reflected by using similar nomenclature on the label. 10.3.5.3 Label Display Standards [V2 10062]

Labels shall meet the requirements of visual displays (section 10.3.3, Visual Display Devices, in this Standard), except font height (section10.3.5.7, Label Font Height [V2 10066], in this Standard). Rationale: The requirements that apply to visual displays also apply to labels in all aspects, such as font size, colors, contrast, and legibility. By meeting requirements, crew performance across systems is enhanced. 10.3.5.4 Label Location [V2 10063]

Labels shall be positioned on or directly adjacent to the item they are labeling. Rationale: Labels that are placed far from items they intend to label can result in the crews missing their association or misidentifying items. This can slow down task performance and may cause errors. 10.3.5.5 Label Categories [V2 10064]

Labels shall be categorized by type, e.g., safety, procedure, and identification, with each label type having standardized, visually distinct characteristics. Rationale: Labels are to be categorized as a certain type and thus be identified as being part of that category. Providing similar characteristics for labels of similar type can improve identification and interpretation of labels. 10.3.5.6 Label Distinction [V2 10065]

Labels shall be easily recognizable and distinguishable from other labels. Rationale: Each label is to be distinctive enough to be recognized as an individual label. Individually distinguishable labels reduce the possibility of errors and confusion and save crew time.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 146 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.3.5.7 Label Font Height [V2 10066]

Font height of 0.4 degrees or greater shall be used on labels. Rationale: Font height in degrees refers to the angle subtended at the eye by the height of an uppercase letter in the font. Labels are to use a large enough font size to ensure legibility. Small fonts can make labels difficult to perceive by the crew, consequently increasing the time needed for item identification. The font height given is a minimum. The font may have to be larger for readability when taking into account the ambient illumination, glare, reflections, vibration, position, and orientation of the label relative to the crew. 10.4 Controls

10.4.1 Control Shape [V2 10067] The shape of a control shall not interfere with ease of control manipulation. Rationale: The shape chosen for a control is to facilitate use, rather than making it more difficult to use. This makes sure that the operation of controls is easy and does not cause fatigue or time delays. 10.4.2 Identification 10.4.2.1 Control Identification [V2 10068]

Controls that are intended for out-of-view operation shall be spatially or tactually distinct from one another. Rationale: When the crew inadvertently operates the wrong control, serious errors can result. Controls designed to be out-of view while being operated are to be spaced or shaped/textured such that the control can be identified with a pressurized gloved hand without line of sight. This would include controls for vehicle operation, as well as other controls, e.g., seat positioning). It has been shown that human operators can use simple tactile coding to reliably distinguish between items. 10.4.2.2 Emergency Control Coding [V2 10069]

The system shall provide coding for emergency controls that are distinguishable from nonemergency controls. Rationale: When the crew inadvertently operates the wrong control, serious errors can result. Controls designed to be out of view while being operated are to be spaced or shaped/textured such that the control can be identified with a pressurized gloved hand without line of sight. This would include controls for vehicle operation, as well as other controls, e.g., seat positioning. It APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 147 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
has been shown that human operators can use simple tactile coding to reliably distinguish between items. 10.4.3 Access 10.4.3.1 Control Size and Spacing [V2 10070]

The size and spacing of controls shall be optimized for operation by the expected body part, e.g., finger, hand, foot, and expected clothing. Rationale: The size of a control is to be appropriate for the way it is intended to be used. Controls operated by finger are to be smaller than controls operated by hand to ensure optimal manipulation. Incorrectly sized controls may cause errors during control operation. 10.4.3.2 Control Arrangement and Location [V2 10071]

The arrangement and location of functionally similar or identical controls shall be consistent throughout the system. Rationale: Controls with similar functions are to have similar properties, specifically location and arrangement for easy identification. This helps reduce the time necessary to find and operate a control. 10.4.3.3 Control Proximity [V2 10072]

Controls used by a restrained or unrestrained crewmember shall be located within the functional reach zones of the crew. Rationale: A control that is required to be used at any time in a task is to be readily available and reachable by the crew to ensure smooth operation. Controls that are not readily available or not reachable can increase the time to perform operations. 10.4.3.4 Control Operation during Accelerations [V2 10073]

The system shall provide body or limb supports and restraints that enable accurate crew control of applicable interfaces and prevent inadvertent control inputs during expected microgravity, acceleration, and vibration conditions. Rationale: During expected microgravity acceleration and vibration conditions, the accuracy of gross limb movements is compromised, and thus control action under these conditions is to be limited to hand and wrist motions alone. Furthermore, accidental actuation of controls can result in errors and reduce safety.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 148 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.4.4 Operating Characteristics 10.4.4.1 Control Operating Characteristics [V2 10074]

Controls shall have operating characteristics, e.g., control type, forces, response rate, response latency, tactile feedback, to allow the crew to make the controlled item respond with the required levels of accuracy, precision, and speed. Rationale: Controls are to have the appropriate properties to allow for error-free operation. Controls can be tested to make sure that their speed, response to action, and other properties are optimal for their intended operational conditions. 10.4.4.2 Control Input-Response Compatibility [V2 10075]

Controls shall be designed such that the input direction is compatible with the resulting system response. Rationale: The relation between input direction and system responses is to be intuitive and easy to perceive. This makes sure that when a control is used, system response is easy to link and conforms to crew expectations. Operator confusion may result, should system responses not be compatible with input directions. 10.4.4.3 Control Latency [V2 10076]

The system shall provide controls such that the crew is unimpeded by the time lag between the operation of a control and the associated change in system state. Rationale: State changes associated with the operation of a control are to be easy to link together in time. If the two events occur with a time lag, it is difficult to identify whether the operation of the control had the intended effect. 10.4.4.4 Control Resistive Force [V2 10077]

Control resistive force shall be sufficient to prevent unintended drifting or changing of position. Rationale: Controls are not to be capable of being accidentally actuated by unintended actions. This reduces the number of errors and increases safety. 10.4.4.5 Detent Controls [V2 10078]

Detent controls shall be provided when control movements occur in discrete steps. Rationale: Mechanisms that provide control feedback to crewmembers are to be based on the amount of the movement applied to the control. This is usually provided using auditory and haptic feedback. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 149 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

10.4.4.6

Stops Controls [V2 10079]

Stops shall be provided at the beginning and end of a range of control positions, if the control is not required to be operated beyond the end positions or specified limits. Rationale: Limits within which controls can be operated are to be obvious to the crew by the provision of easy-to-perceive stops in the mechanism of the controls. Failure to include stops can result in increased operations time, as the operator may needlessly continue to turn a dial after it has reached its functional end point. 10.4.5 Confirmation 10.4.5.1 Command Confirmation [V2 10080]

Crew confirmation shall be required before completing critical, hazardous, or destructive commands. Rationale: Critical commands are to be prevented from being accidentally issued, which can be accomplished by requesting confirmation from the crew, thus reducing the chance of errors. 10.4.6 Suited Use of Controls 10.4.6.1 Suited Control Operations [V2 10081]

Controls to be used by suited crewmembers shall be operable by a suited crewmember. Rationale: Controls that are intended to be used by suited crewmembers are to have the appropriate features for suited use. For instance, these controls may have to be adjusted to increase haptic feedback when used with gloved hand to make sure that the speed and accuracy of suited use is comparable to unsuited performance. 10.4.6.2 Suited Control Spacing [V2 10082]

Controls to be used by suited crewmembers shall be spaced such that they can be operated by a suited crewmember without inadvertent operation of adjacent controls. Rationale: Control layout is to take into account the fact that pressurized suited operators cannot operate with the same precision and dexterity as lightly clothed crewmembers in expected conditions, e.g., g-loads, vibration, and acceleration. Insufficient spacing may lead to inadvertent operation of an adjacent control.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 150 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.5 Communication Systems

Communication systems include information provided to and from the crew by way of audio, text, or video. 10.5.1 Communication System Design [V2 10083] Communication systems shall be designed to support coordinated and collaborative distributed teamwork. Rationale: To ensure optimal team collaboration in exploration missions, it will be essential to design systems that provide an accurate, comprehensive, real-time picture of the current situation and to implement tools that enable team members to communicate and collaborate effectively. This is particularly critical when teams are operating in the presence of time delays. Communication systems process information to and from the crew and may consist of the following media: voice, video, text, and data. 10.5.2 Uplink/Downlink Capability [V2 10084] The system shall provide audio, text, and video uplink and downlink capabilities to support crew performance and behavioral health. Rationale: Communication between the crew and ground personnel is to be supported. Communication is to happen in both directions to ensure information exchange needed to accomplish tasks efficiently and to maintain crew physical and behavioral health. 10.5.3 Audio Communications 10.5.3.1 Communication Speech Levels [V2 10085]

Audio communication systems shall allow crew to communicate with one another and with the ground at normal speech levels and with expected background SPLs. Rationale: When crewmembers and ground personnel use the voice communication systems, they are to be able to do so using their normal level of speech, rather than having to raise their voices to higher levels. Higher voice levels distort sounds, make speech less intelligible, and are more strenuous to keep up for longer periods. 10.5.3.2 Communication Operational Parameters [V2 10086]

To ensure intelligibility, audio communications shall address system operational parameters, including frequency, dynamic range, noise canceling and shields, pre-emphasis, and peak clipping.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 151 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Communication is optimized by taking into account all parameters needed for speech intelligibility. For example, noise cancelling can enable normal voice levels. 10.5.3.3 Communication Environmental Parameters [V2 10087]

To ensure intelligibility, audio communications shall address appropriate background sound levels and architectural acoustical characteristics for both transmitter and receiver area. Rationale: Background noise, reverberations, and other acoustic phenomena are not to interfere with crew communications. High background noise can make audibility of speech difficult; similarly, high reverberations interfere with speech intelligibility. 10.5.3.4 Communication Controls and Procedures [V2 10088]

To ensure intelligibility, audio communications shall address operating controls and procedures, including volume, squelch, natural language, acknowledgement feedback, and muting. Rationale: Appropriate controls and procedures are to be employed to increase intelligibility. Procedures are to use natural language; there are to be ways to acknowledge receiving a message or muting a message. This improves communications by reducing frustration and confusion. 10.5.3.5 Communication Transmitter and Receiver Configuration [V2 10089]

To ensure intelligibility, audio communications shall address transmitter and receiver configuration, e.g., headsets, microphones, air conduction, and bone conduction. Rationale: Transmitters and receivers are to have optimal properties to support good communication. By having appropriate headsets and microphones, the crew can send and receive high-quality voice and audio. 10.5.3.6 Audio Communications Sound Quality [V2 10090]

Audio communication sound quality shall be sufficient to ensure that auditory speech communications do not impact crew performance. Rationale: Audio communication is to be of the appropriate quality to help and not impede task completion. If procedures, for example, cannot be heard appropriately, it is likely that errors are going to occur. 10.5.3.7 Word Recognition [V2 10091]

For critical communications, the system shall ensure 90 percent English word recognition, using ANSI S3.2-2009, Method for Measuring the Intelligibility of Speech over Communication Systems. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 152 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Rationale: Voice communication is to be perceived accurately. If messages are perceived with errors or low precision, important information may be missed; therefore, crew may make errors in tasks, and their safety may be jeopardized. Note: Section 10.5.3.7 Word Recognition [V2 10091, in this Standard is not meant to apply to speech recognition software. 10.5.3.8 Inter-Crew Communication [V2 10092]

Inter-crew communications shall be powered by a source independent from the spacecraft power. Rationale: In the case of a power failure affecting the spacecraft, communication among crewmembers and ground personnel is expected to be continued. 10.5.3.9 Private Audio Communication [V2 10093]

The system shall provide the capability for private audio communication with the ground. Rationale: Private communication capabilities are to exist for the crew to discuss topics such as family, health, and medical issues with the ground in private. 10.5.4 Video Communications Video communications systems are communications channels designed to convey visual information, such as camera video, animated graphics, and photographic images. 10.5.4.1 Video Communications Visual Quality [V2 10094]

Video communications shall employ digital encoding or alternate coding of equivalent visual quality. Rationale: The quality of the video communications is to be appropriate for correct information transfer. Bad image quality can be misinterpreted, can cause communication problems, and can increase time needed to accomplish tasks. 10.5.4.2 Video Communications Spatial Resolution [V2 10095]

Video communications shall provide sufficient spatial resolution (width and height in pixels) to accomplish relevant tasks. Rationale: The resolution of video is to be appropriate for the task that it is intended to serve, so that errors related to artifacts of low resolution and delays in task completion are avoided.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 153 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.5.4.3 Video Communications Temporal Resolution [V2 10096]

Video communications shall provide sufficient temporal resolution (frames/s) to accomplish relevant tasks. Rationale: The temporal resolution of a communication is to be appropriate so as to perceive human speech, motion, and object motion through the video. Inappropriate resolution can make these more difficult or impossible, thus causing difficulties in information transfer. 10.5.4.4 Video Communications Color and Intensity [V2 10097]

Video communications shall provide sufficient color and intensity levels to accomplish relevant tasks. Rationale: Color and intensity are to be transmitted appropriately. Inappropriate color and intensity in video communication may cause misidentification and misinterpretation of information, thus causing errors and problems in task completion. 10.5.4.5 Video Communications Bit Rate [V2 10098]

Video communications systems shall support bit rates high enough to ensure that compression artifacts are as low as reasonably achievable. Rationale: The compression method and level used for video communication are not to introduce excessive visible artifacts. Artifacts can hinder information transfer and can cause communication difficulties. 10.5.4.6 Audio-Visual Lag Time [V2 10099]

Communications systems that carry sound and video that are intended to be synchronized shall ensure that the sound program does not lead the video program by more than 15 milliseconds or lag the video program by more than 45 milliseconds. Rationale: The video and associated audio should not have time lag that can cause perceptual difficulties for the crew. When listening to human speech, even small lags between audio and video can be noticeable and disturbing. 10.6 Automated and Robotic Systems

Decisions regarding functional allocations between crew and automation define the level of automation that is designed into a particular operation. Low levels of automation yield operations in which most task elements are performed manually; high levels yield operations in which most task elements are performed by machine. However, all levels of automation require interfaces with the user. A special category of automated systems is the mobile machine, which APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 154 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
includes rovers, robotic agents, and mobile assistants, operating in space or on planetary surfaces. Mobile and autonomous machines rely on crew interfaces with special constraints. 10.6.1 Automated and Robotic System Design 10.6.1.1 Automated and Robotic System Provision [V2 10100]

Automated or robotic systems shall be provided when crew cannot reliably, safely, or efficiently perform assigned tasks. Rationale: Tasks that cannot be reliably, safely, or efficiently performed by the crew are to be identified. Requirements are to provide automated or robotic solutions that can perform these identified tasks better than the crew. 10.6.1.2 Automated and Robotic System Design [V2 10101]

Automated and robotic systems shall be designed with self monitoring and regulating capabilities to avoid mission degradation, equipment damage, or injury to crew. Rationale: Automated and robotic systems are to have preventive/safety measures in place such as mechanical constraints, threshold set points, automatic shutoffs, and emergency stops to ensure that they cannot negatively impact the mission, hardware, or crew health and safety. Robotics systems with internal safety checks that recognize and avoid unsafe conditions, e.g., excessive speed, force, torque, are more likely to achieve mission success. For more information regarding this subject, see chapter 10, Crew Interfaces, of the HIDH. 10.6.1.3 Robotic Control Stations - Common and Consistent [V2 10102]

For a given robotic system, operator control stations shall be common and consistent, independent of physical location, e.g., on Earth, in space, on the lunar surface, or on a planetary surface. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure that robotic control stations are the same to the greatest extent possible, regardless of their physical location. This includes all operator hardware and software interfaces, as well as physical layout and design. Control stations for a given system may exist in different locations, such as on Earth, in space, on the lunar surface, or on a planetary surface. Likewise, a robotic system may be controlled or monitored by multiple operators simultaneously. It is important that operators be able to transfer skills and share knowledge in real time without losing SA or experiencing negative training. Limitations may be present when real estate or other potential constraints exist, i.e., control of a robot from an EVA suit.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 155 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.6.1.4 Robotic System Situational Awareness [V2 10103]

Operator control stations for robotic systems shall provide the displays and interfaces needed for SA to perform tasks and manage the system. Rationale: Operator control stations need to be designed such that the SA necessary for efficient and effective task performance is provided and can be maintained. Particular consideration should be paid to telerobotic software and hardware that may be required to operate robotic systems in the presence of time delays or when the operator and robot are not co-located. 10.6.1.5 Automation Levels [V2 10104]

The crew interfaces to automated and robotic systems shall be designed to support the appropriate level(s) of automation to accomplish the task effectively. Rationale: Design requirements are to ensure that different levels of automation are available, depending on which level best suits the task/situation. Full automation is to be used for task situations where the human is unable to reliably, efficiently, or safely perform the task. Moderate automation (supervisory control) may be appropriate for difficult tasks where the activities are best shared between automation and the human. Minimal automation or manual control is useful when the human needs to remain in control of the task but some automation can improve task performance, e.g., speed and accuracy. 10.6.1.6 Automation Level Status Indication [V2 10105]

Operators of automated and robotic systems shall be provided with information on the status of the automation, including when the system changes between levels of automation. Rationale: The intent of this requirement is to ensure that operators are always able to ascertain the status of automated processes in an effort to maintain mode awareness. The operators need to be able to determine and affect what level of automation the system is operating in, as well as which processes are being automated. Analysis will determine cases where alerting may be required when automation takes control from human operators or switches to a higher level of automation. 10.6.1.7 Robotic System Status [V2 10106]

Robotic assets shall interact with the operating crew in accordance with section 10.1.6, System Interaction, in this Standard such that the operator can determine the asset health, status, and place in a procedural sequence and the ability of the robotic asset to comprehend and accept operator commands. Rationale: The crew needs to have the constant ability to be aware of the status of a robotic asset to allow sufficient time for deliberate procedural modifications or emergency actions. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 156 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Status information needs to include robotic asset health, past actions, confirming feedback to procedural modifications, and intended future actions. 10.6.1.8 Robotic System Arbitration [V2 10107]

Robotic systems designed to have multiple operators shall be able to accept the input from and arbitrate between multiple operators so as to perform safely and without degradation. Rationale: Control of robotic systems may be performed by multiple groups that need to alternate control of the system within a given operating session, e.g., EVA and/or IVA crewmembers, lunar-/planetary-based operators, Earth-based operators. This transfer of control needs to (a) be accepted by these integrated systems, (b) occur in a safe manner such that it does not interfere with performance, and (c) occur without impeding upon the actions of the operators within or across groups. Design of controls should also allow the takeover of a robotic system from a primary operator by another operator/group in contingency or emergency situations. 10.6.1.9 Automated and Robotic System Operation with Time Delays [V2 10108]

Automated and robotic systems shall be capable of receiving and sending commands and performing tasks in the presence of a time delay related to remote operations. Rationale: Automated and robotic systems need to be designed such that any time delays associated with remote mission operations are accounted for to ensure efficient and effective performance. Time delays between control inputs and system responses can cause problems, and mechanisms need to be in place to ensure that the system functions as expected. Consideration should be given to telerobotic software and hardware that may be required to operate robotic systems in the presence of such time delays or when the operator and robot are not co-located. 10.6.1.10 Automation and Robotics Shut Down Capabilities [V2 10109] The crew shall be provided the ability to shut down automated and robotic systems. Rationale: The system is to allow the crew the ability to shut down automated or robotic systems if it is determined that these systems present a risk or are no longer providing the intended benefit. The crew is to remain in ultimate control of the vehicle at all times throughout a mission. 10.6.1.11 Automation and Robotics Override Capabilities [V2 10110] As appropriate, the crew shall be provided the ability to override automated and robotic systems.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 157 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: The system is to allow the crew the ability to override automated or robotic systems if it is determined that these systems present a risk or if redirection of activities is needed. The crew is to remain in ultimate control of the vehicle at all times throughout a mission. 10.6.1.12 Crew Interfaces to Robotic Systems - Spatial Disorientation [V2 10111] Crew interfaces to robotic systems shall account for different frames of reference between the operator and the robot to minimize spatial disorientation and allow the crew to accomplish their tasks within the required performance parameters. Rationale: The frame of reference used for a human-robotic task is to be intuitive to the crew. Requirements are to accomplish this through specifying techniques such as matching of crew and robot frames of reference where appropriate or, at minimum, providing appropriate frameof-reference labels and visual cues. In cases where the operator is to be immersed in the robot field of view, this would involve matching the robot frame of reference. Task efficiency (whether task time, accuracy, errors, or other relevant metrics) should not be degraded by lack of consideration of differing reference frames between robot and operator. For more information regarding this subject, see chapter 10, Crew Interfaces, of the HIDH. 10.6.1.13 Crew Interfaces to Robotic Systems - Frames of Reference [V2 10112] Crew interfaces to robotic systems shall be designed to enable effective and efficient coordination of or shifting between multiple frames of reference. Rationale: Coordination of or shifting between different frames of reference in a human-robotic task is to be intuitive to the crew. Requirements are to accomplish this through specifying techniques such as matching of crew and robot frames of reference or, at minimum, providing appropriate frame-of-reference labels and visual cues. 10.7 Information Management

10.7.1 Information Management Capabilities Provision [V2 10113] The information management system shall provide data critical to mission planning, mission operations, system maintenance, and system health and status at an appropriate level of detail to support effective and efficient crew performance. Rationale: The information management system is to provide all types of data needed by the crew to perform their tasks at the proper level of detail needed for each task. Task analysis can help define data and level of detail needed for crew task performance.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 158 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.7.2 Caution and Warning 10.7.2.1 Visual and Audio Annunciations [V2 10114]

The information management system shall provide visual and audio annunciations to the crew for emergency, warning, and caution and advisory events. Rationale: Visual and audio annunciations are to be defined and provided for all levels of alerts. Annunciations are to have dual coding, e.g., be seen and heard, and are to be distinctive and identifiable. Audio annunciations can implement speech alarms as a way to provide information efficiently and lead to quick and accurate response times. 10.7.2.2 Set-Point Alerts [V2 10115]

The system shall alert the crew if the selected set-points are outside safe limits. Rationale: A set-point is the target value that an automatic control system aims to reach. Two set-points, e.g., high and low set-points, define a range of values within which a system operates. The crew or ground personnel may be able to select set-points in an automatic control system. In the event that a set-point is changed to one that is outside the safe limit, the system will alert the crew that a change has been made that puts the set-point at an unsafe setting. The alert acts as a check to ensure that the crew intentionally made the change and reminds them that there is a hazard associated with a set-point in this range. 10.7.2.3 Audio Annunciation Silencing [V2 10116]

The information management system shall provide a manual silencing feature for active audio annunciations. Rationale: The capability to manually silence any alarm is to be provided to the crew. Requirements are to prescribe a method of manual silencing that is intuitive, achievable from different locations within the cabin and during different flight phases, and consistent with any other manual silencing mechanisms. 10.7.2.4 Visual and Auditory Annunciation Failures [V2 10117]

The information management system shall test for a failure of the visual and auditory annunciators upon crew request. Rationale: A mechanism is to be provided to allow the crew to independently test for a failure of the visual or auditory annunciation system. The mechanism is to consist of a control to initiate the test and some type of display to provide the results for the visual and auditory portions of the system.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 159 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.7.2.5 Visual Alerts - Red [V2 10118]

The color red shall be used as a visual indicator for the highest alert level. Rationale: In situations where there is a need to communicate information about the highest level of alert, the color red is to be used for the text and/or graphics. 10.7.2.6 Visual Alerts - Yellow [V2 10119]

The color yellow shall be used as a visual indicator for the second highest alert level. Rationale: In situations where there is a need to communicate information about the second highest level of alert, the color yellow is to be used for the text and/or graphics. 10.7.3 Information Management Capabilities 10.7.3.1 Information Management Methods and Tools [V2 10120]

The information management system shall provide methods and tools that allow the crew to effectively input, store, receive, display, process, distribute, update, and dispose of mission data. Rationale: The system is to provide the hardware and software architecture, including crew interfaces necessary, to manage all of the data in the information management system. Usability testing can help ensure that the information management methods and tools provided are easy to use and effective. 10.7.3.2 Information Management Standard Nomenclature [V2 10121]

The information management system shall use standard nomenclature. Rationale: Nomenclature throughout the information management system is to follow program standards or, at minimum, is consistent throughout the system. Standard nomenclature is most often ensured through specific program operations nomenclature standards. 10.7.3.3 Information Management Compatibility [V2 10122]

The information management system shall be compatible with other systems within the spacecraft. Rationale: The information management system displays, controls, nomenclature, and user interfaces are to be consistent and compatible with other spacecraft systems. Requirements are to ensure that the systems work together successfully and efficiently to ensure task and mission success.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 160 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
10.7.3.4 Information Management Operation Rate [V2 10123]

The information management system shall operate at a rate that enables the crew to perform tasks effectively and efficiently, e.g., within acceptable error limits and scheduled operating times. Rationale: Response times that are too long prevent the crew from performing tasks effectively and efficiently; thus, minimal system response times are to be established for information management functions. 10.7.3.5 Information Management Data Provision [V2 10124]

The information management system shall provide the crew with data to perform tasks at each workstation where those tasks are to be performed. Rationale: Design requirements are to specify which tasks are to be performed at which workstations and subsequently ensure that all task-relevant data be available at those workstations. Task analysis is to be performed to identify tasks and data needs. 10.7.3.6 Information Management Security [V2 10125]

The information management system shall have features for the protection of sensitive data, transmission, secure viewing, and sender verification. Rationale: Data sensitivity and protection or handling measures are to be identified such that mechanisms for the protection of the data, such as encryption or password protection, can be put in place. 10.7.3.7 Information Management Ground Access [V2 10126]

The information management system shall allow for ground access to perform all onboard database functions without crew intervention. Rationale: Ground personnel are to have the capability to access and perform data management functions for all onboard data. Architecture is to be in place to support this as a ground-tovehicle interaction, without crew participation. This access is to take the following into consideration: data protection, data transmission bandwidth, and most importantly visibility to the crew. Although the crew is not required to accomplish these ground-initiated functions, the crew is to be aware that the operations will occur, are presently occurring, or have taken place. 10.7.3.8 Information Capture and Transfer [V2 10127]

The information management system shall provide a capability for the crew to capture and transfer information in a portable fashion. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 161 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Rationale: The system is to provide the crew with the capability to transport information from a display to another location. Requirements are to specify techniques, such as screenshots or digital downloads or captures, to provide access to displayed information in locations where there is no permanent display device. 10.7.3.9 Information Annotation [V2 10128]

The information management system shall provide a capability for annotation by the crew. Rationale: The capability to allow the crew to annotate data displays through techniques such as real-time markup capability, direct display modification, or hardcopy printing and redlining is to be provided by the system. Annotation capability provides documentation of changes to procedures or notes and tips from the crew that may be forgotten if left only as verbal commentary. 10.7.3.10 Information Backup and Restoration [V2 10129] The information management system shall provide for crew-initiated data backup and restoration for all mission data and automatic backup for critical data. Rationale: Measures such as data backups and data restores are to be in place to ensure that data are protected from accidental loss. Backups are to occur automatically for critical data that cannot be recreated; backups for less critical data are to be initiated on crew request, using standard user interface commands. 10.7.3.11 Alternative Information Sources [V2 10130] The information management system shall provide alternative information sources for use in the event of the loss of the information management system. Rationale: In the event that the information management system becomes unavailable, the system needs to ensure that backup information sources are available for critical tasks, e.g., emergency procedures may have paper cue cards. 10.7.3.12 Software System Recovery [V2 10131] The information management system shall be rapidly recoverable from a software system crash. Rationale: In the event of a system failure, the information management software is to be sophisticated enough to be rapidly recovered. Additionally, the minimum time delay that is acceptable before the information management system becomes operational after a system crash is to be identified.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 162 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 11. SPACESUITS

Spacesuits provide a self-contained habitable environment that sustains human life and meets crew health, safety, and performance needs throughout suited mission durations. Suited activities (EVA or IVA) are an essential part of many human space missions. For planetary exploration missions, crew access to the planetary surface within a suit is fundamental to mission success and safety. Suited activities allow many aspects of mission science, exploration, and maintenance. Compliance with the requirements stated here is crucial to the health, safety, and performance of the suited crew. Consult NASA-STD-3001, Volume 1, for EVA health and medical standards. Consult JSC 28918, EVA Design Requirements and Considerations, for detailed guidance and constraints primarily concerned with safety, design of EVA support equipment, layout of EVA translation paths, extravehicular mobility units (EMUs), and humanmachine interfaces for crew operation. 11.1 Suit Design and Operations

11.1.1 Suited Donning and Doffing [V2 11001] The system shall accommodate efficient and effective donning and doffing of spacesuits for both nominal and contingency operations. Rationale: Spacesuit donning and doffing is a non-productive activity. Plus, tedious and difficult tasks are more prone to neglect and human error. Finally, rapid donning can be critical in an emergency. System developers need to look at emergency scenarios, assess donning task times, and evaluate features such as unassisted donning. 11.1.2 Suited Translation 11.1.2.1 Translation Paths for Suited Crewmembers [V2 11002]

The expected translation paths shall be large enough to accommodate a suited crewmember and the motions necessary for translation. Rationale: Translation paths support the safe and efficient movement of the crew. Suited crewmembers are to be able to get in and out of the vehicle on the ground or transfer between two docked vehicles in flight easily and quickly. Incapacitated pressurized-suited crewmembers may be unable to ingress on their own and may also be in a constrained position that requires assistance. This may include ingress from EVA or ingress/egress from EVA or docked vehicles. Crewmember in a pressurized suit is the bounding case. 11.1.2.2 Mobility Aid Provision for Suited Operations [V2 11003]

Mobility aids shall be provided along expected translation paths of suited crewmembers.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 163 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Mobility aids, such as hand holds, allow crewmembers to efficiently move from one location to another in microgravity, as well as reduce the likelihood of inadvertent collision into hardware that may cause damage to the vehicle or injury to the crew. Without predefined mobility aids, personnel may use available equipment that may be damaged from induced loads. Because of the limited maneuverability of a suited crewmember, mobility aids are required to allow crewmembers to safely and efficiently ingress and egress the vehicle. Mobility aids designed to support pressure-suited operations are to accommodate crewmembers by providing clearance, non-slip surfaces, and non-circular handrail cross sections. 11.1.2.3 EVA Mobility Aid Standardization [V2 11004]

The color of all EVA mobility aids shall be standardized with distinguishing characteristics such that they can be readily distinguished from items that are not to be used as mobility aids. Rationale: Standardization of mobility aids reduces learning and recognition times. During emergencies, crewmembers are to be able to quickly discern mobility aids from the surrounding structures. Visual cues, such as color coding, may aid in this function. Commonality among visual cues is important so that crews can easily distinguish intended mobility aids from nonmobility aids that may be damaged by the application of crew-induced loads. 11.1.2.4 EVA Translation Path Hazard Avoidance [V2 11005]

EVA translation paths shall be designed to prevent exposure to hazards. Rationale: Safety is paramount for all EVA tasks. When translation paths and mobility aids are properly provided, they can reduce the hazards associated with colliding with hardware, intruding into keep-out zones, or contacting contaminated surfaces. Without predefined translation paths and carefully located mobility aids, items or equipment not intended as mobility aids can be damaged from induced loads, such as grabbing, pushing, and pulling. 11.1.3 Suit Environment 11.1.3.1 Suit Pressure Set-Points [V2 11006]

The suit shall provide the capability for the crew to select discrete suit pressure set-points within the suit operating pressure ranges. Rationale: To implement operational concepts possible in a variable pressure suit, the crew is to be able to select the desired discrete pressure setting. 11.1.3.2 Suit Equilibrium Pressure [V2 11007]

Suits shall maintain pressure within 0.1 psi (0.689 kPa) after the suit has achieved an equilibrium pressure for a set-point. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 164 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Rationale: Maintaining a constant pressure level after a set-point has been reached is important to protect the crew from discomfort in body cavities and sinuses, especially in the ear. Maintaining a constant pressure level is intended to protect the crewmember in the pressurized suit. Because of the relatively small total pressure volume in the suit, it is important that the pressurized-suited crewmember is exposed to a pressure set-point that is constant (unchanging). Excess fluctuations in suit pressure cause pressurized-suited crewmembers to constantly reequilibrate pressure in body cavities and sinuses, which increases the likelihood of pressureinduced discomfort in these areas. 11.1.3.3 Suit Decompression Sickness Treatment Capability [V2 11008]

Suits shall accommodate DCS treatment in accordance with section 6.2.2.4, Decompression Sickness Capability [V2 6009], in this Standard. Rationale: To implement operational concepts possible in a variable pressure suit, the crew is to be able to select the desired discrete pressure setting. For efficient workload, the crew is to be able to select a minimum operating pressure. To alleviate initial symptoms of DCS, the crew is to be able to select a suit pressure of 8 psia (55 kPa). In the case of an unrecoverable vehicle pressure failure, where the crew is not able to pre-breathe before operating in a pressurized suit, the crew is to be able to select 8 psia (55 kPa) to mitigate the risk of DCS, followed by the ability to select a mid-range suit operating pressure to allow for more mobility to operate the vehicle. 11.1.3.4 Suited Noise Exposure Limit [V2 11009]

Suits shall limit noise (not including impulse noise) exposure at the ear to NC-50 or below without the use of hearing protection, unless such protection is included in the nominal suit configuration. Rationale: This requirement limits noise levels within the suit to allow for adequate voice communications and comfort. This requirement does not apply to alarms, communications, or to any noise experienced during maintenance activities. The noise attenuation effectiveness of hearing protection or communications headsets may not be used to satisfy this requirement unless they are included in the nominal suit configuration, i.e., not added to meet this requirement. Consideration is to be given to protect the frequencies necessary for communications transmission from ambient or suit-generated noise. 11.1.3.5 EVA Suit Radiation Monitoring [V2 11010]

EVA suits shall provide or accommodate radiation monitoring and alerting functions to allow the crew to take appropriate actions. Rationale: Radiation monitors are to provide primary data for controlling crew radiation exposures during EVA. The current exposure limits for deterministic effects (short-term exposure limits) are specified in NASASTD-3001, Volume 1, and to demonstrate compliance, radiation monitoring is required. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 165 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

11.1.3.6

Suited Crewmember Heat Storage [V2 11011]

The system shall prevent the energy stored by each crewmember during nominal suited operations from exceeding the limits defined by the range 3.0 kJ/kg (1.3 Btu/lb) > Q stored > -1.9 kJ/kg (-0.8 Btu/lb), where Q stored is calculated using the 41 Node Man or Wissler model. Rationale: This requirement applies to nominal microgravity EVA operations, nominal surface EVA operations, and pre-launch operations. Heat stored by crewmembers during launch, landing, and off-nominal suited operations may also need to be addressed as part of total system design and human accommodation. Excess heat load and accumulation may quickly reach human tolerance limits and may impair performance and health. Impairment begins when skin temperature increases greater than 1.4 C (2.5 F) (0.6 C (1 F) core) or if pulse is greater than 140 bpm. Increases in body core temperature may lead to associated performance decrements. Keeping the heat storage value below the performance impairment line allows the crew the ability to conduct complex tasks without heat-induced degradation. If the crewmember is in a suit, the heat load may increase rapidly. Supporting data from military aircrew protective ensembles suggests body temperature may increase more rapidly over time in suited crewmembers compared to those in a shirt-sleeve environment. The current change in heat storage limit is to allow nominal suited operations with crewmember metabolic rates of 528 to 2220 kJ/hr (500 to 2100 Btu/hr) without undue heat discomfort. 11.1.4 Restraints for Suited Operations Provision [V2 11012] Restraints shall be placed to ensure the optimum reach and work envelope of the suited crewmember and be adjustable to maximize the work envelope. Rationale: Suited crewmembers are not to have to reposition themselves each time they manually operate and view the vehicles user interfaces. All vehicle seats and restraints are to be adjustable to accommodate the crewmembers ranges of motion. Crew interfaces and controls with which the suited crew interacts are to be located such that they can be reached from the restrained positions within the range of motion of the crewmember. Suits can limit the crew range of motion below the range of motion of the unsuited. Suit pressurization can further reduce the range of motion. 11.1.5 Suit Waste Management 11.1.5.1 Suited Body Waste Management Provision [V2 11013]

Suits shall provide for management of urine, feces, menses, and vomitus of suited crewmembers. Rationale: The total system is to be designed for body waste collection, as well as disposal of waste in the systems waste management system and cleaning of the suit for reuse. Waste management items are to be able to contain and dispose of human waste with as much APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 166 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
containment and isolation as possible. Provisions are to be available for personal hygiene and suit cleaning. 11.1.5.2 Suit Urine Collection [V2 11014]

Suits shall be capable of collecting a total urine volume of Vu=0.5 + 2t/24 L throughout suited operations, where t is suited duration in hours. Rationale: This requirement allows crewmembers to eliminate liquid waste at their discretion without affecting work efficiency during suited operations. The suit is only responsible for the expected urinary output during the time that the crewmember is in the suit. The urinary collection system is to be capable of collecting all of the crewmembers output in succession, with an average void varying from 100 to 500 ml (3.4 to 16.9 oz). The rate of urinary delivery into the system from the body varies by gender (greater for females because of lower urethral resistance) but averages 10 to 35 ml/s (0.34 to 1.2 oz/s). Maximum flow rate with abdominal straining in a female may be as high as 50 ml/s (1.9 oz/s) for a few seconds. The voided urine is to be isolated to prevent inadvertent discharge in the cabin that could result in injury to a crewmember's skin or mucous membranes or damage to equipment. 11.1.5.3 Suit Urine Collection per Day - Contingency [V2 11015]

For contingency suited operations lasting longer than 24 hours, suits shall be capable of collecting and containing 1 L (33.8 oz) of urine per crewmember per day. Rationale: Urine output may be slightly greater or lower in various phases of the mission associated with g-transitions and fluid intake levels. Rarely, a single void might be as much as 1 L (33.8 oz), so the equipment is to be able to accommodate this maximum. Also, in the event of an unrecoverable vehicle pressure failure wherein an extended stay in the suit is used to maintain life, crewmembers are to have the capability to access fecal and urine collection systems. The voided urine is be contained by the stowage and disposal hardware to prevent inadvertent discharge into the suit that could result in injury to the crewmembers mucous membranes or equipment. 11.1.5.4 Suit Feces Collection per Day Contingency [V2 11016]

During contingency suited operations, suits shall be capable of collecting 75 g (0.15 lb) (by mass) and 75 ml (2.5 oz) (by volume) of fecal matter per crewmember per day. Rationale: In the event of an unrecoverable vehicle pressure failure wherein an extended stay in the suit is used to maintain life, crewmembers are to have the capability to access fecal and urine collection systems. Fecal waste collection is be performed in a manner that minimizes escape of fecal contents into the general suit environment during microgravity operations because of the high content of possibly pathogenic bacteria contained in the stool. In addition, there is the potential of injury to crewmembers and hardware that could result from such dissemination. EVA suits are to accommodate for fecal waste collection and containment during all suited APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 167 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
activities. Suited activities are nominally not expected to exceed 10 hours. The waste quantities reflect the altered composition of the nutrition supplied during contingency suited operations and are characteristically low in residue. 11.1.5.5 Suit Isolation of Vomitus [V2 11017]

Suits shall provide a means for the isolation of vomitus from the EVA crewmembers face. Rationale: SAS has affected crewmembers in the first 72 hours of flight. The crew is nominally suited during the first 72 hours of flight for certain dynamic phases; vomiting in the suit may occur at these times or if a contingency EVA occurs within that time frame. On the planetary surface, a high magnitude SPE could result in exposures that produce prodromal nausea and vomiting. If vomitus enters the internal suit environment, it should be kept away from the suited crewmembers naso-pharyngeal space. Uncontrolled accumulation of vomitus may also interfere with a crewmembers vision. 11.1.6 Suit Vision 11.1.6.1 Suited Field of Regard [V2 11018]

Suits shall provide a field of regard sufficient to allow the crewmember to accomplish required suited tasks. Rationale: To enhance work efficiency index and mission success, the visor is to have minimal interference with nominal visual acuity. The visor is to promote an adequate field of view to perform ground, IVA, and EVA tasks and prevent tunnel vision. 11.1.6.2 Suit Helmet Optical Quality [V2 11019]

Suit helmets shall have sufficient optical qualities to allow the crewmember to accomplish required suited tasks. Rationale: To enhance work efficiency index and mission success, the visor is have minimal interference with nominal visual acuity. The visor is to minimize haze, discoloration, and fog. 11.1.6.3 Suit Helmet Luminance Shielding [V2 11020]

Suit helmets shall provide protection to suited crewmembers from viewing objects with luminance that could prevent successful completion of required suited tasks. Rationale: Individual tasks or crewmembers may require or desire higher or lower lighting levels than that provided for other tasks or crewmembers. 11.1.6.4 Suit Helmet Visual Distortions [V2 11021]

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 168 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Suit helmets shall prevent visual distortion. Rationale: To enhance mission success, vision through a suited crewmembers helmet is to be free of visual distortion. 11.1.7 Suit Helmet Displays [V2 11022] Suit helmet field of regard shall be unencumbered if helmet- or head-mounted displays are provided. Rationale: To enhance mission success, vision through a suited crewmembers helmet is to have minimal interference with nominal visual acuity. Inclusion of any display in the helmet is to promote an adequate field of regard to perform ground, IVA, and EVA tasks and prevent tunnel vision. 11.1.8 Suit Information Management [V2 11023] The system shall allow the crew to effectively input, store, receive, display, process, distribute, update, and dispose of information on consumable levels, suit status and alerts, and biomedical data to the suited crewmember, to other crewmembers, and, when feasible, to the ground controllers. Rationale: Feedback of relevant suit atmospheric and physiologic information to the crew allows better consumable management, improves optimization of EVA task performance, and reduces risk of physiologic stress/injury. Having insight into trends in physiological parameters and lifesustaining consumables allows the IVA or EVA crew to act prospectively in preventing unsafe operating conditions or responding to off-nominal scenarios. This requirement may be met by integrated systems with the details of each systems responsibility defined in individual System Requirements Documents (SRDs) and in Information Requirements Documents (IRDs). Where feasible, it may be desirable for ground medical support to see biomedical telemetry during contingency and mission-preserving EVA, as well as during unrecoverable vehicle pressure loss, to ensure the health and safety of the crew. These data will also be monitored during nominal lunar surface operations to ensure the health and safety of the crew, although automated suit algorithms may be the primary method rather than ground medical support. Derived body core temperature and heart rhythm (real time) are desired for microgravity operations, and derived body core temperature is desired for lunar operations.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 169 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
11.2 Suited Functions

11.2.1 Suit Mobility, Dexterity, and Tactility 11.2.1.1 Ability to Work in Suits [V2 11024]

Suits shall provide mobility, dexterity, and tactility to enable the crewmember to accomplish suited tasks within acceptable physical workload and fatigue limits. Rationale: Suited crewmembers are to be able to perform tasks required to meet mission goals and operate human-system interfaces required for use during suited operations. Suits can limit the crew mobility, dexterity, and tactility below that of unsuited crew. Suit pressurization can further reduce crew capabilities. 11.2.2 Nutrition 11.2.2.1 Suited Nutrition [V2 11025]

The system shall provide a means for crew nutrition while suited. Rationale: Additional nutrients, including fluids, are necessary during suited operations as crewmember energy expenditure is greater during those activities. Additional kilocalories, based on metabolic energy replacement requirements from moderate to heavy EVA tasks, allow the crewmember to maintain lean body weight during the course of the mission. Lean body (especially muscular) weight maintenance is a key component of preserving crew health during the missions and keeping performance at a level required to complete mission objectives. During a surface EVA, crewmembers will most likely be suited for 10 hours, including approximately 7 hours on the surface expending energy. Nutritional supply during suited operations allows the crewmembers to maintain high performance levels throughout the duration of the EVA. Apollo astronauts strongly recommended the availability of a high-energy substance, either liquid or solid, for consumption during a surface EVA. During contingency microgravity EVAs and/or for EVAs less than 4 hours in duration, this capability is not required. During long-duration suited operations, such as an unplanned pressure reduction scenario, the crew is to be able to consume nutrition from an external source to maintain crew performance. 11.2.3 Drinking Water 11.2.3.1 Suited Hydration [V2 11026]

The system shall provide a means for crew hydration while suited. Rationale: Potable water is necessary during suited operations to prevent dehydration caused by perspiration and insensible water loss, as well as to improve crew comfort. During surface EVAs, crewmembers will most likely be suited for 10 hours, including approximately 7 hours expending energy on the lunar surface. Apollo astronauts strongly recommended the availability APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 170 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
of an appropriate quantity of water for consumption during a lunar EVA. Specifically, Apollo astronauts recommended the availability of 237 ml (8 oz) per hour of water for consumption during a lunar EVA, with water available for contingency scenarios, such as a 10-km walk-back in case of rover failure. The intent of this requirement is to allow the crew to have instant (less than 2 seconds) access to potable water at their discretion. Having the potable water system be rechargeable from an external source is acceptable as long as the internal suit reservoir has sufficient capacity to allow ready access to water without impacting work efficiency. During long-duration suited operations, such as an unplanned pressure reduction scenario, the crew is to be able to consume water from an external source to prevent crew performance degradation associated with dehydration. 11.2.4 Medication 11.2.4.1 Suited Medication Administration [V2 11027]

The system shall provide a means for administration of medication to a suited crewmember. Rationale: As a contingency, administration of medication from an external source to a suited crewmember may be required at a time in which it is not possible to doff the suit, e.g., during an unplanned pressure reduction scenario. Medication and administration method designs are to be integrated into suit design.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 171 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 12. OPERATIONS

Section 12, Operations, will address planning for systems use, including the design of procedures and training. <RESERVED>

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 172 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2 13. GROUND MAINTENANCE AND ASSEMBLY

Section 13, Ground Maintenance and Assembly, will address the requirements for the configuration of interfaces that are common to both flight crew and ground personnel. This section is currently marked reserved and will be developed during Fiscal Year 2010. <RESERVED>

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 173 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

APPENDIX A REFERENCE DOCUMENTS


A.1 Purpose and/or Scope

The purpose of this appendix is to provide guidance and is made available in the reference documents listed below.

A.2

Reference Documents

A.2.1 Government Documents Department of Defense MIL-HDBK-1908 MIL-STD-1474 NASA Bue, Grant C. Lyndon B. Johnson Space Center Memorandum EC-09-154. Tolerable Limit for Hand Skin Temperatures in Glove Tests. November 3, 2009. Deliberations of the Exploration Atmospheres Working Group (EAWG), 2006. Nutrition Requirements, Standards, and Operating Bands for Exploration Missions, December 2005. Johnson Space Center, Scott M. Smith. JSC 28918 JSC 33124 EVA Design Requirements and Considerations 41-Node Transient Metabolic Man Computer Program Documentation - A thermal regulatory model of the human body with environment suit applications EMU Phase VI Glove Thermal Vacuum Test and Analysis Final Report, Doc. #CTSD-SS-1621, NASA Johnson Space Center, August 20, 1998. NASA Spacecraft Water Exposure Guidelines (SWEGs) Definitions of Human Factors Terms Department of Defense Design Criteria Standard, Noise Limits

JSC 39116

JSC 63414

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 174 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

JSC 63557 JSC Interpretation Letter MA2-99-142 JSC Interpretation Letter MA2-99-170 JSC Interpretation Letter TA-94-029 NASA/SP-2010-3407

Net Habitable Volume Verification Method On-Orbit Boarding and Grounding

Mate/Demate

Electrical Shock

Human Integration Design Handbook (HIDH) http://ston.jsc.nasa.gov/collections/TRS/_techrep/SP-20103407.pdf NASA Systems Engineering Handbook The Apollo Medical Operations Project: Recommendations to Improve Crew Health and Performance for Future Exploration Missions and Lunar Surface Operations The Use of a Vehicle Acceleration Exposure Limit Model and a Finite Element Crash Test Dummy to Evaluate the Risk of Injuries during Orion Crew Module Landings The NASA Organization NASA Health and Medical Policy for Human Space Exploration NASA Information Technology and Institutional Infrastructure Program and Project Management Requirements NASA General Safety Program Requirements Human-Rating Requirements for Space Systems International Space Station Medical Operations Requirements Document (MORD)

NASA/SP-2007-6105 NASA/TM-2007214755

NASA/TM-2008215198

NPD 1000.3 NPD 8900.5

NPR 7120.7

NPR 8715.3 NPR 8705.2 SSP 50260

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 175 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
A.2.2 Non-Government Documents Biegelmeir, G. New knowledge of the impedance of the human body. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Electrical Shock Safety Criteria. (1985) Bridges J.E., Ford, G.L., Sherman, I.A., Vainberg, M. (Eds). pp 115-132. Pergamon, New York. Chatterjee, I., Wu, D., and Gandhi, O. P. Human Body Impedance and Threshold Currents for Perception and Pain for Contact Hazard Analysis in the VLF-MF Band. IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering, BME33(5): 486-494, 1986. Cooper, G.E., and Harper, R. P., Jr. The Use of Pilot Rating in the Evaluation of Aircraft Handling Qualities. North Atlantic Treaty Organization Advisory Group for Aerospace Research and Development (Organisation du Traite de l'Atlantique Nord). Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, CA. Cornell Aeronautical Laboratory, Buffalo, NY. April 1969. Defrin, R., Shachal-Shiffer, M., Hadgadg, M., Peretz, C. (2006). Quantitative Somatosensory Testing of Warm and Heat-Pain Thresholds: The Effect of Body Region and Testing Method. Clinical Journal of Pain, Vol 22, No.2, pp. 130-136. Freiberger R. The Electrical Resistance of the Human Body to Commercial Direct and Alternating Currents. Trans. Allen Translation Service. Maplewood, New Jersey: Bell Laboratories, 1934. Greene, L.C., Alden, J.C., and Hardy, J.D. Adaptation to Pain. Federation Proc. 17: 60, 1958. Handbook of Acoustical Measurements and Noise Control, 3rd edition. (1997). C.M. Harris (Ed.) p. 16.8. McGraw-Hill, New York. p. 16.8. Havenith, G., van de Linde, E.J.G., Heus. R. (1992). Pain, thermal sensation and cooling rates of hands while touching cold materials. European Journal of Applied Physiology; 65: 4351. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 176 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Infrasound and Low-Frequency Sound. Proceedings of the 2001 American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Threshold Level Values (TLVs). Documentation of the Threshold Level Values for Physical Agents. ACGIH@ Worldwide. Cincinnati, OH, pp. 1-15. Lloyd-Smith, D.L., and Mendelssohn, K. (1948).Tolerance limits to radiant heat. British Medical Journal, p. 975. Moritz, A.R., and Henriques, F.C. (1947). Studies in Thermal Injury II. The Relative Importance of Time and Air Surface Temperatures in the Causation of Cutaneous Burns. American Journal of Pathology, 23:695-720. Meilgaard, M., Civille, G.V., and Carr, B.T. Sensory Evaluation Techniques, 3rd ed. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press, 1999 (pages 165-166, 243). Noise and Vibration Control Engineering - Principals and Applications. (1992). L.L. Beranek and I.L. Vr (Eds.) pp 685-720. John Wiley and Sons. Provins, K.A., and Morton, R. (1960). Tactile discrimination and skin temperature. Journal of Applied Physiology; 15: 15560. Taylor, R.J. Body impedance for transient high voltage currents. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Electric Shock Safety Criteria. (1985) Bridges, J.E., Ford, G.L., Sherman, I.A., Vainberg, M. (Eds). pp 251-258. Pergamon, New York. ANSI/ASHRAE-62 ICDM DMS 1.0 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality International Committee on Display Measurement Metrology (ICDM), Display Measurement Standard (DMS 1.0), available from Society for Information Display (SID). www.sid.org (June 1, 2009).

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 177 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
IEC Medical Electrical Equipment Part 1: General Requirements for Basic Safety and Essential Performance. Publication 60601-1, Third Edition. International Electrotechnical Commission, Geneva, Switzerland, December, 2005 Effects of current use on human beings and livestock Part 5: Touch voltage threshold values for physiological effects Mechanical vibration and shock Evaluation of human exposure to whole-body vibration Part 1: General requirements Mechanical vibration Guidelines for the measurement, reporting and evaluation of vibration with regard to habitability on passenger and merchant ships Human-centered design processes for interactive systems Video Electronics Standards Association (VESA) Flat Panel Display Measurements (FPDM) Standard Version 2.0 (June 1, 2001), www.vesa.org

IEC TR 60479-5 Edition 1.0

ISO 2631-1:1997

ISO 6954:2000

ISO 13407

VESA FPDM 2.0

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 178 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

APPENDIX B ACRONYMS
The purpose of this appendix is to provide guidance, made available in the acronym definitions listed below. ~ = > < % + A A/m AC ACGIH AGARD ALARA ANSI ASHRAE B/W BEI BET bpm Btu C cal cd CDO CFU CIE approximately beta, injury risk criterion degree delta (change) equal greater than greater than or equal to less than less than or equal to minus mu, micro omega, ohm percent plus plus or minus theta, angle of incidence ampere ampere per meter alternating current American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists Advisory Group for Aerospace Research and Development as low as reasonably achievable American National Standards Institute American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers black and white biological exposure index (indices) Blur Edge Time beats per minute British thermal unit Celsius calorie candela cognitive deficit onset colony forming unit International Commission on Illumination

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 179 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
cm Cn CO2 COAS D DB dB dBA DC DCS deg DMS DNA E EAWG ECG ECLSS EER EMU EOM EVA F f fG fM FPDM ft G g gal GET GCR GHz GUI H HDBK HeNe HEPA HIDH HMTA hr HUD Hz centimeter minutes of noise exposure carbon dioxide Crew Optical Alignment System noise dose dry bulb decibel decibels adjusted direct current decompression sickness degree Display Measurement Standard deoxyribonucleic acid perceptual distance between colors electric field strength Exploration Atmospheres Working Group electrocardiogram Environmental Control and Life Support System estimated energy requirements extravehicular mobility unit end of mission extravehicular activity Fahrenheit frequency frequency in gigahertz frequency in megahertz Flat Panel Display Measurements foot, feet gravitational constant gram gravity (gravity equals 9.8 m/s2) gallon Gaussian Edge Time galactic cosmic ray gigahertz graphical user interface magnetic field strength handbook helium-neon high efficiency particulate air Human Integration Design Handbook Health and Medical Technical Authority hour heads up display hertz

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 180 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
ICDM IEC IEEE in IR IRD ISO ISS IVA J JSC k kcal kg kHz kJ km kPa L LADTAG lb LEO LiOH Ln LOC LOM m mA ma Max mg MHz MIL min ml mm MMH mmHg mol MORD MPE ms MSDS N N2 International Committee on Display Metrology International Electrotechnical Commission Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers inch infrared Information Requirements Document International Standards Organization International Space Station intravehicular activity joule Johnson Space Center kilo kilocalorie kilogram kilohertz kilojoule kilometer kilopascal liter Lunar Atmosphere Dust Toxicity Assessment Group pound low Earth orbit lithium hydroxide sound level of a noise exposure event in dBA loss of crew loss of mission meter milliampere maximum current maximum milligram megahertz military minute milliliter millimeter monomethylhydrazine millimeter of mercury mole Medical Operations Requirements Document maximum permissible exposure millisecond material safety data sheet number of noise exposure events in a 24-hour period nitrogen

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 181 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
N/A NASA NC NIOSH nm NPD NPR NTO NTU O2 oz Pa PCU PDA PEL pH pp ppCO2 ppO2 PPE psi psia Q REID RF RH RMS rpm s S SA SAS SCUBA sec SFC SI SID SIL SMAC SP SPE SPL SRD SSP not applicable National Aeronautics and Space Administration noise criterion normal condition National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health nanometer NASA Policy Directive NASA Procedural Requirements nitrogen tetroxide nephelometric turbidity unit oxygen ounce Pascal platinum-cobalt unit personal digital assistant permissible exposure limit measure of acidity or alkalinity of a solution partial pressure partial pressure of carbon dioxide partial pressure of oxygen Personal Protective Equipment pound(s) per square inch pound(s) per square inch absolute heat risk of exposure-induced death radio frequency relative humidity root mean square revolutions per minute second power density situational awareness space adaptation syndrome self-contained underwater breathing apparatus second single-fault condition International System of Units Society for Information Display speech interference level spacecraft maximum allowable concentration special publication solar particle event sound pressure level System Requirements Document Space Station Program

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 182 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
STD SWEG TLV TM Tn TON TTN TWA VESA uv standard spacecraft water exposure guideline threshold limit value technical memorandum maximum noise exposure duration allowed threshold odor number threshold taste number time-weighted average Video Electronics Standards Association uniform-chromaticity scale (CIE 15.2, Colorimetric 2nd ed. Commission International d l Cellarage, Vienna Austria 1986) micrometer volt volt(s) per meter urinary output volume watt watt(s) per meter squared year

m V V/m Vu W W/m2 y

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 183 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

APPENDIX C DEFINITIONS
The purpose of this appendix is to provide guidance, made available in the definitions listed below. Activity Center: A specific location uniquely configured for a human activity, such as personal hygiene, body waste, food, sleep, trash, stowage, exercise countermeasures. Acute Field of View: The region of visual angle in which acuity remains at least half its maximum. It is about 3 degrees in diameter. Advisory: A message that indicates a safe or normal configuration, indicates safe or normal operation of essential equipment, or imparts information for routine action purposes. Affect: Observable behavior that represents the expression of a subjectively experienced feeling state (mood, morale). Common examples of affect are sadness, fear, joy, and anger. The normal range of expressed affect varies considerably between different cultures and even within the same culture. All Mission Systems: Includes terrestrial ground control centers, other spacecraft on an occupied planetary body, other orbiting spacecraft, and other locations onboard a spacecraft. Anthropogenic: Induced or altered by the presence of humans. Anthropometry: The science of measuring the human body and its parts and functional capabilities. Includes lengths, circumferences, body mass, etc. Attenuation: Diminution in force or intensity of sound. Automatic: Pertaining to a function, operation, process, or device that, under specified conditions, functions without intervention by the crew. Automation: (1) The implementation of a process by automatic means. (2) The theory, art, or technique of making a process more automatic. (3) The investigation, design, development, and application of methods of rendering processes automatic, self-moving, or selfcontrolling. Biomechanics: The study of the principles and relationships involved with muscular activity. Blur Edge Time (BET): A measure of the amount of motion blur on an electronic display, especially liquid crystal display. This metric is defined in ICDM-DMS 1.0. Body Referenced Interfaces: Interfaces that are controlled by the dynamic movements of APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 184 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
the human body, such as virtual environments. Broad Spectrum: A spectrum or list of a sufficient number of target compounds anticipated from all expected off-nominal events. Capability: Having attributes (such as physical or cognitive) required for performance. Catastrophic: (1) A hazard that could result in a mishap causing fatal injury to personnel and/or loss of one or more major elements of the flight vehicle or ground facility. (2) A condition that may cause death or permanently disabling injury, major system or facility destruction on the ground, or loss of crew, major systems, or vehicle during the mission (NPR 8715.3, NASA General Safety Program Requirements). Caution: Notification of an event that needs attention but not immediate action. Clear Viewing Aperture: The area of a window that is not covered by the window assembly frame or other structure that would block incident light rays. Cognitive: Pertaining to the mental processes of perception, learning, memory, comprehension, judgment, and reasoning. Color Discrimination: The ability to distinguish between pairs of colors that span the space of colors, under standard viewing conditions. The International Commission on Illumination (CIE) has defined E units that specify the perceptual distance between colors. Contamination: The act of rendering unfit for use by the introduction or deposition of unwholesome or undesirable, usually foreign, elements. Contingency: An off-nominal situation that is identified in the hazard analysis process and has a preplanned response to mitigate the risks to crew and/or vehicle. Countermeasures: A means to offset undesirable physical, physiological, and psychological effects of space flight on humans. Crewmember: Human onboard the vehicle or habitat during a mission. Crew Station: A location in a vehicle or habitat where crewmembers perform an activity. Critical: A condition that may cause severe injury, occupational illness, or major property damage to facilities, systems, or flight hardware (NPR 8715.3); also of essential importance, vital, or indispensable as in critical design parameters. Frequently used in this Standard to cover both critical (as defined above) and catastrophic.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 185 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Decompression: The act or process of reduction of pressure, as occurs when releasing compressed air from a vehicle or habitat to the vacuum of space. Decompression Sickness: A sickness induced by too rapid a decrease in atmospheric pressure sufficient to cause bubbles to form from gases (normally nitrogen (N2)) dissolved in blood and other body tissues. Deconditioned Crew (deconditioning): Decreased functionality of physiological systems, e.g., musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, vestibular, and nervous systems, related to adaptation to reduced gravity. Diffuse Reflectance: The fraction of incident electromagnetic radiation, such as light or other type of wave, within a specified wavelength band that is reflected from a surface uniformly in all directions, regardless of the angle of incidence of the incident waves or rays. A truly diffusely (Lambertian) reflective surface has the same luminance (appears to have the same brightness) from all viewpoints, regardless of the direction of the source relative to the surface. This type of reflection is associated with matte or flat surface treatments on objects and is contrasted with specular reflectance. Most surfaces exhibit a combination of specular and diffuse reflectance. Display: Anything that provides visual, auditory, and/or haptic information to crewmembers, e.g., label, placard, tone, or display device. The term display includes textbased user interfaces, as well as Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs). Display Device: The hardware used to present visual, aural, and tactile information to the crew or ground operations personnel. Display devices include computer monitors and Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs). Doorway: An opening with an operable cover (such as a door) that separates two adjoining volumes and allows physical passage of people and/or material from one volume to the other. Effective Masked Threshold: The level of auditory danger signal just audible over the ambient noise, taking account of the acoustic parameters of both the ambient noise in the signal reception area and the listening deficiencies (hearing protection, hearing loss, and other masking effects). The method for calculating the masked threshold is given in ISO 7731:2003(E) Annex B. Error: Either an action that is not intended or desired by the person or a failure on the part of the person to perform a prescribed action within specified limits of accuracy, sequence, or time that does not produce the expected result and has led or has the potential to lead to an unwanted consequence. Emergency: Time-critical event that requires immediate action and crew survival procedures. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 186 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Emergency Equipment: A set of components (hardware and/or software) used to mitigate or control hazards, after occurrence, which present an immediate threat to the crew or crewed spacecraft. Examples include fire suppression systems and extinguishers, emergency breathing devices, and crew escape systems (NPR 8705.2). Emergency Only Controls: Controls that are only used during emergencies, e.g., eject, abort. Equipment: Items, such as tools, used to accomplish a task or activity. Extravehicular Activity: Operations performed by suited crew outside the pressurized environment of a flight vehicle or habitat (during space flight or on a destination surface). Includes contingency operations performed inside unpressurized vehicles or habitats. Fatigue: Weariness, exhaustion, or decreased attention related to labor, exertion, or stress. May also result from lack of sleep, circadian shifts, depression, boredom, or disease. May result in decreased ability to perform mental or physical tasks. Field of Regard: The solid angle that can be seen by an observer with eye and head movements. Field of View: The solid angle that can be seen at one time by the stationary eye. It is about 150 degrees horizontally by 125 degrees vertically. When the two eyes operate together, the horizontal extent enlarges to about 190 degrees. Field of View for Windows: All points through a window that can be viewed directly by at least one eye, given the combination of achievable eye, head, and body movement. The field of view is restricted by obstructions imposed by the facial structure around the eye and/or placed in front of the eye such as the crewmember's helmet if worn, mullions, structure, and/or other equipment. Achievable movement varies for different flight phases and operational tasks and is dependent on any constraints to movement that are extant, such as being suited, seated, and/or restrained, and any g-loads present. With respect to line-of-sight phenomena, such as contamination deposition and pluming, any point outboard of the window that is above the plane of the outer surface of the outermost pane of the window port is considered within the field of view of the window. Gaussian Edge Time (GET): A measure of the amount of motion blur on an electronic display, especially a liquid crystal display. This metric is defined in ICDM-DMS 1.0. Ground Crew: Human team of one or more members supporting a mission from the ground during pre-flight, in-flight, surface, and post-flight operations. Habitability: The state of being fit for occupation or dwelling. Meeting occupant needs of health, safety, performance, and satisfaction. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 187 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Habitat: A type of spacecraft, not normally mobile, that has the conditions necessary to sustain the life of the crew and to allow the crew to perform their functions in an efficient manner. Habitable Volume: The volume remaining within a pressurized volume after accounting for all installed hardware and systems. Hardware: Individual components of equipment including, but not limited to, fasteners, panels, plumbing, switches, switch guards, and wiring. Hatch: An opening with an operable, sealable cover that separates two adjoining environments and allows physical passage of people and/or material from one environment to the other (such as between two separate pressurized spacecraft when they are mated or from the inside to the outside of a spacecraft or vice versa). A hatch is composed of two components: a hatchway (the opening itself) and a hatch cover (the piece that closes the hatchway and provides structural support to the spacecraft). A pressure hatch is one in which the atmospheric pressure on one side of the hatch can be different from that on the opposite side of the hatch when the hatch cover is closed. Sometimes, the term hatch is used in place of hatch cover. In this Standard, however, the word hatch cover is used. Human Factors: The scientific discipline concerned with the understanding of interactions among humans and other elements of a system and the profession that applies theory, principles, data, and other methods to design to optimize human well-being and overall system performance. Impulse Noise: A burst of noise that is at least 10 dB above the background noise, which exists for 1 second or less. Information Management: The act of performing functions with electronic data, including data input, organization, internal processing, storage, distribution, saving, and disposal of information about the system. Information management functions are typically performed by crew and ground personnel using displays on display devices. Interpretable: Capable of being explained or told the meaning of; translated into intelligible or familiar language or terms. Ionizing Radiation: Radiation that converts impacted items wholly or partly into ions (electrically charged particles). The particulate radiation component includes all subatomic particles, such as protons, neutrons, electrons, atomic nuclei stripped of orbital electrons, mesons, etc. Intravehicular Activity: Operations performed by crew within the pressurized environment of a spacecraft during a mission. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 188 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Linear Acceleration: The rate of change of velocity of a mass, the direction of which is kept constant. Local Vertical: Achieved by a consistent arrangement of vertical cues within a given visual field to provide a definable demarcation at the crew station boundary within the visual field. A consistent local vertical within modules is highly desirable. Maintenance: All actions necessary for retaining material in (or restoring it to) a serviceable condition. Maintenance includes servicing, repair, modification, modernization, overhaul, inspection, condition determination, corrosion control, and initial provisioning of support items (MIL-HDBK-1908B, Definitions of Human Factors Terms). Masked Threshold: Level of auditory danger signal just audible over the ambient noise, taking account of the acoustic parameters of both the ambient noise in the signal reception area and the listening deficiencies (hearing protection, hearing loss, and other masking effects). The Masked Threshold is calculated in accordance with ISO 7731:2003, Annex B. Mission: A major activity required to accomplish an Agency goal or to effectively pursue a scientific, technological, or engineering opportunity directly related to an Agency goal. Mission needs are independent of any particular system or technological solution. Monitoring: Includes checking for quality or fidelity; testing to determine if a signal comes within limits; watching and observing for a specific signal or purpose; keeping track of, regulating, or controlling. Net Habitable Volume: The functional volume left available on a spacecraft after accounting for the loss of volume caused by deployed equipment, stowage, trash, and any other items that decrease the functional volume. Noise: Sound in the auditory range (15 Hz to 20,000 Hz) that is hazardous, undesired, and/or inappropriate to the intended use of the space. In this Standard, the word "noise" is used interchangeably with sound and is not intended to convey any relative or absolute degree of hazard or other acoustical characteristic. Nominal: Within expected, acceptable operational limits or in accordance with planned operational concepts; normal, satisfactory (aerospace usage). Non-Ionizing Radiation: Includes three categories of electromagnetic radiation: RF radiation, lasers, and incoherent electromagnetic radiation. Off-Nominal: Outside of expected, acceptable operational limits or not in accordance with planned operational concepts; anomalous, unsatisfactory (aerospace usage). Operation: An activity, mission, or maneuver, including its planning and execution. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 189 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Perception: The process of acquiring knowledge about environmental objects and events by extracting and processing the information received through the senses. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE): Equipment that is worn to minimize exposure to a variety of hazards. Examples of PPE include such items as gloves, foot and eye protection, protective hearing devices (earplugs, muffs), hard hats, respirators, and full body suits. Potable Water: Suitable, safe, or prepared for drinking. Pressurized Volume: The total volume within a pressure shell. Privacy: Having an acceptable level of control over the extent of sharing oneself (physically, behaviorally, or intellectually) with others. Acceptable level is dependent upon an individuals background and training. Program: A strategic investment by a Mission Directorate or Mission Support Office that has a defined architecture and/or technical approach, requirements, funding level, and a management structure that initiates and directs one or more projects. A program defines a strategic direction that the Agency has identified as critical. Psychomotor: Of or relating to muscular action believed to ensue from conscious mental activity. Reflectance: The fraction or percentage of incident electromagnetic radiation, such as light or other type of wave, at a specified wavelength that is reflected from a surface. (See also specular reflectance and diffuse reflectance.) Rotational Acceleration: The rate of change of angular velocity. Safe: Freedom from those conditions that can cause death, injury, occupational illness, damage to or loss of equipment or property, or damage to the environment. Sensory: The information-gathering abilities of humans to see, hear, touch, smell, and taste. Includes temperature, pain, kinesthesia, and equilibrium. Sound Quality: Those features of a sound that contribute to the subjective impression made on a listener, with reference to the suitability of the sound for a particular set of design goals. It is meant particularly to account for aspects of communication systems that are not quantifiable by intelligibility measurements. Spacecraft: A habitable vehicle or device including, but not limited to, orbiters, capsules, modules, landers, transfer vehicles, rovers, EVA suits, and habitats designed for travel or operation outside Earth's atmosphere.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 190 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Space Flight: A process that begins when the crew has boarded the spacecraft on Earth and the hatch is closed and terminates when the spacecraft has returned to Earth and all of the crew have egressed the spacecraft and are in the care of ground personnel. In the event of a launch abort, space flight continues until all crew have been returned to the care of ground personnel. Spatial Contrast Sensitivity: Defined by the inverse of the smallest contrast of a spatial sinusoidal luminance grating that can be detected, at each spatial frequency, under standard viewing conditions. Peak contrast sensitivity is about 500, and the highest frequency visible is about 60 cycles/deg. Specular Reflectance: The perfect, mirror-like reflection of an incident wave or ray, such as light from a surface, in which the wave or ray from a single incoming direction is reflected into a single outgoing direction as described by Snell's Law (i = r). Diffuse reflection, on the other hand, refers to light that is reflected in a broad range of directions. (See diffuse reflectance.) The most familiar example of the distinction between specular and diffuse reflection in the case of light waves would be glossy and matte paints or photo prints. While both finishes exhibit a combination of specular and diffuse reflectance, glossy paints and photo prints have a greater proportion of specular reflectance, and matte paints and photo prints have a greater proportion of diffuse reflectance. Anti-reflection coatings reduce the amount of light that is reflected from a given surface. Reflectance for an uncoated glass surface is ~4 percent, which yields ~8 percent for the two surfaces of a single pane. Anti-reflective coatings can reduce the total reflectance to ~2 percent or less. Standard: The definition of a standard is described as follows: a. The term standard, or technical standard, includes all of the following: (1) Common and repeated use of rules, conditions, guidelines or characteristics for products or related processes and production methods, and related management systems practices. (2) The definition of terms; classification of components; delineation of procedures; specification of dimensions, materials, performance, designs, or operations; measurement of quality and quantity in describing materials, processes, products, systems, services, or practices; test methods and sampling procedures; or descriptions of fit and measurements of size or strength. b. Performance standard is a standard as defined above that states requirements in terms of required results with criteria for verifying compliance but without stating the methods for achieving required results. A performance standard may define the functional requirements for the item, operational requirements, and/or interface and interchangeability characteristics. A performance standard may be viewed in juxtaposition to a prescriptive standard, which may specify design requirements, such as materials to be used, how a requirement is to be achieved, or how an item is to be fabricated or constructed.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 191 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
c. Non-government standard is a standard as defined above that is in the form of a standardization document developed by a private sector association, organization, or technical society that plans, develops, establishes, or coordinates standards, specifications, handbooks, or related documents. Standardize: To make uniform. Stereoscopic Depth Perception: The ability to distinguish objects at different depths as a result of their different positions (disparities) in the two eyes. Suited: Wearing clothing that is designed to protect the crewmember from differences in environment, such as pressure, atmosphere, acceleration, or temperature. Suited can refer to both pressurized and unpressurized pressure suits. System: The combination of elements that function together to produce the capability to meet a need. The elements include all hardware, software, equipment, facilities, personnel, processes, and procedures needed for this purpose. (From NPR 7120.7, NASA Information Technology and Institutional Infrastructure Program and Project Management Requirements.) Tailoring: The process by which requirements are derived for a specific system. This process involves two steps: a. Selecting applicable requirements - Not all requirements within a Standard may apply to all systems. Systems are defined by parameters such as the number of crewmembers, mission duration and operations, gravity environment, and EVA activities. Some requirements apply to only some parameters. For example, mission duration may influence the volume dedicated for certain crew functions, such as crew sleep and hygiene. Or the operational gravity environment may influence which requirements are applicable, such as a lunar surface rover would not have meet the microgravity requirements. b. Creating requirements that can be verified - Some requirements use general terms such as effective. When tailoring for a specific system, these terms are then defined with values that are objective and measurable. The tailored requirement has to comply with the intent of the general requirement. For example, analysis of a specific system may show that a critical task has to be performed in less than 20 seconds. In the tailoring process, the word effective would be replaced by words that limit critical task performance times to 20 seconds. Task: A specific type, piece, or amount of work; a subset of an activity or job that is called out in a procedure. Temporal Contrast Sensitivity: The smallest contrast of a temporal sinusoidal luminance variation that can be detected, at each spatial frequency, under standard viewing conditions. The highest temporal frequency that can be seen is about 60 Hz.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 192 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2
Transmittance: The fraction or percentage of incident electromagnetic radiation, such as light, at a specified wavelength that passes through a medium. Unsuited: Wearing the type of clothing that is ordinarily worn in the interior of a spacecraft, especially a habitat, and as might be worn on Earth. Vehicle/Habitat: A mobile or static spacecraft with a pressurized atmosphere appropriate for sustained, unsuited survival and crew operations. The vehicle is a container, generally composed of multiple elements, used to transport persons or things to/from a location outside of Earths atmosphere. (See habitat as defined above.) Includes all hardware and equipment within or attached to the pressurized environment. Visual Accommodation: Defined by the change in optical power of the eye to bring objects at different distances into focus. In young observers, average accommodative power is about 15 diopters but declines to 0 by the age of 60. Visual Acuity: Defined by the smallest letters that can be identified under standard viewing conditions. An average acuity for young adults is about -0.1 logMAR but declines with age. Voluntary Consensus Standards: Technical standards that are developed or adopted by domestic or international organizations using agreed-upon procedures, including openness, consensus, and due process. Warning: Notification of an event that requires immediate action. Wavefront: The surface joining all adjacent points on a wave that have the same phase, particularly light that travels as an electromagnetic wave. Wavefront Error: The total optical path difference induced into a wavefront with respect to the wavelength of light, usually referenced to a helium-neon (HeNe) laser wavelength of 632.8 nm. For planar waves, wavefront error occurs when the wavefront is distorted such that an individual wavefront is no longer in phase. This occurs when different parts of the wavefront travel different optical path lengths. In an ideal window, a planar wave will pass through it such that the optical path length at each point on the window is the same, and the wavefront retains the same phase. Wavefront error is aperture dependent. In an imperfect window, the wavefront is distorted, i.e., the phase is not maintained. Wavefront error can be distorted by surface imperfections (the window is not flat) or by material inhomogeneities (the index of refraction varies across the window). Window: A non-electronic means for direct through-the-hull viewing using a transparent material; the same as and used interchangeably with window port and window assembly. Window Assembly: The same as and used interchangeably with window and window port. APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 193 of 194

NASA-STD-3001, VOLUME 2

Window Cover: An internal non-pressure-containing, transparent sheet or pane, usually of a different material than the window panes, such as acrylic or other material, intended to protect the underlying window pressure and/or protective pane(s) from incidental crew contact. A window cover is normally not an integral part of the window assembly and has the characteristics as specified in section 8.6, Windows, of the HIDH. Non-integral protective panes can be considered temporary, i.e., replaceable after some period of time, after which their optical quality has degraded below the category level for which they were designed. External window protection devices are referred to as shutters. Window Filter: An internal, non-pressure-containing, transparent sheet or pane, usually of a different material than the window panes, such as polycarbonate or other material, intended to filter non-ionizing radiation hazards to safe levels. A window filter is not considered an integral part of the window assembly. Window filters are easily removed and reinstalled without the use of tools by one crewmember. A window filter may also serve as a window cover. Window Port: The finished assembly including the frame structure (includes all gaskets, bolts, spacers, and other such parts) and all window panes that would normally be used at a specific location with any protective panes, permanent coatings, plastic films, or laminates applied or in place; the same as and used interchangeably with window and window assembly. Window Shade: Usually, an internal, non-pressure-containing, opaque sheet intended to block external light from entering the interior of a crew cabin. A window shade may or may not be an integral part of the window assembly. Non-integral window shades are easily removed and reinstalled without the use of tools by one crewmember. Window shades that are an integral part of the window assembly can also act as window shutters. Window Shutter: An internally and remotely operable, external cover intended to prevent natural and induced environmental degradation, e.g., contamination, erosion, and impacts, of the outboard-most window pane with open and close indicators that are readable from the remote operating location. Window shutters can be operated through their full range of motion in less than 10 seconds and can serve as window shades. Workload: The amount of work expected in a unit of time. Physical workload refers to the number of individual physical activities that are conducted simultaneously or in close succession. Similarly, mental or cognitive workload refers to the number of mental operations or activities that are conducted simultaneously or in close succession.

APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED 194 of 194

You might also like